&EPA
           United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
           Headquarters
           PM-215F
           401 M Street, SW
           Washington, D.C. 20460
April 1987
Environmental
Impact Statement
   Final
           Full Containment Facility
           Andrew W. Breidenbach
           Environmental Research Center
           Cincinnati, Ohio

-------
     FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT




       USEPA FULL CONTAINMENT FACILITY




               CINCINNATI, OHIO
                 Prepared for






UNITED STATES  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY




               WASHINGTON, D.C.
                      By






UNITED  STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY




                    REGION V




               CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS
              with assistance from



SCIENCE  APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION



                McLean,  Virginia
           Approved by:
           Raymond IJ .  Lurt Ac
           Engineering, Punm'ng
Architecture Branch

-------
         UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460

                           April  1,  1987
                                                         OFFICE OF
                                                       ADMINISTRATION
                                                       AND RESOURCES
                                                        MANAGEMENT
    TO ALL INTERESTED AGENCIES,  PUBLIC GROUPS AND CITIZENS


The Final Environmental  Impact Statement (EIS) for the Full
Containment Facility, Andrew W.  Breidenbach Environmental
Research Center, Cincinnati,  Ohio,  is provided for your in-
formation and review.  This  EIS  has been prepared in compliance
with the National Environmental  Policy Act of 1969 and the
subsequent regulations prepared  by  the Council on Environmental
Quality and this Agency.

Upon publication of a notice in  the Federal Register on April 10,
1987, a 30-day comment period will  begin.  Please send written
comTients to the attention  of Russell N. Kulp, P-  E. (PM-215),
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, S. W.,
Washington, D. C. 20460.   After  the close of the comment period,
a Record of Decision will  be provided to all who received the
Final EIS.

I welcome your participation in the EIS process for the Full
Containment Facility.

Sincerely yours,
Raymond /J.  LunfiAChi
Engineering, Planning'^rTTCr'Architecture Branch

-------
                                   ABSTRACT
     The USEPA proposed to build a free-standing full containment facility
adjacent to the Andrew W. Breidenbach Environmental Research Center  (AWBERC)
in Cincinnati, Ohio.  This EIS was prepared by USEPA because of concerns
expressed in response to an Environmental Assessment prepared in 1985.

     On the basis of USEPA's Notice of Intent to prepare an EIS, the EA
prepared by SAIC, and the EIS scoping meeting held on February 4, 1986, the
following issues have been determined to be significant and are addressed in
this Final Environmental Impact Statement.

     •  Procedures  for handling hazardous and toxic materials and measures
        used during potential emergency situations

     •  Additional  traffic and transportation of hazardous and toxic materials
        increasing  probability for accidents and spills in highly populated
        area

     •  Discharge of hazardous and toxic materials into the Metropolitan sewer
        system

     •  Effect on surrounding community of a serious accident in the FCF

     •  Discharge of hazardous and toxic materials into the air and  its effect
        on the surrounding community

     •  Assurance that the proposed facility will not be used for genetic
        engineering experiments

     o  Assurance that no microbiological testing will occur without notifying
        the public.
     Two alternative structures were considered, as well as a no action
alternative.  A free-standing building was selected as the best option for  the
full containment research facility located at a 22-acre site in the Uptown

-------
University-Medical Complex in the center of the city of Cincinnati.  No
wetlands, flood plains, significant natural areas or archaeological sites
exist in the study area and land is used primarily for institutional
development with some residential areas.

     Wastes from the AWBERC full containment facility will include sample
residuals, spills, solvents, and wastewater from cleaning glassware,
noncontact water, emergency showers, sprinkler systems, and locker room
wastewater.  Hazardous wastes will  be  transported  for off-site disposal  and
non-hazardous wastes will  be discharged  via sewers to  the Mill Creek Sewage
Plant.

     A public health  risk  assessment was conducted of  potential  long-term,
low-level  release and  catastrophic  release of  chemicals from  the FCF.  These
assessments were based  on  available information  on the nature and quantities
of wastes  anticipated  to be  present annually  at  the facility. Of the hundreds
of chemicals  that might  be present  at  the FCF over time,  subsets of  these were
selected  as  the basis  of  the evaluation giving consideration  to  quantity
handled,  toxicity,  and mobility.   In evaluating  the potential risks  associated
with day-to-day operations,  a worst-case assessment was conducted assuming
that the  air  filtering system removed  none (02)  of the contaminants  that
entered  the  exhaust  stream.   EPA-approved complex terrain air dispersion
models were  then used  to  project  worst-case exposure levels  to the surrounding
population.   The results  of  the risk assessment  indicated no  substantial
increase  in  the risk of adverse health effects.   For the catastrophic release
scenario,  it  was assumed  that  an  explosion occurred in the  FCF releasing toxic
chemicals  to  the atmosphere  which then transported off-site.   The results of
the exposure  and risk  assessments indicated that no adverse health effects
would be  anticipated.

-------
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                      Page
                                                                      _— ..y .

1.   PURPOSE AND NEED FOR ACTION	    1-1

     1.1  PROJECT BACKGROUND 	    1-1

     1.2  LEGAL BASIS FOR ACTION AND PROJECT NEED	    1-2

     1.3  EIS PROCESS, PUBLIC PARTICIPATION, AND FUTURE STEPS. .  .    1-2

     1.4  ISSUES	    1-3

2.   ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED INCLUDING THE PROPOSED ACTION ....    2-1

     2.1  NO ACTION	    2-1

     2.2  FREE-STANDING BUILDING 	    2-1

     2.3  REMODEL SIXTH FLOOR OF EXISTING AWBERC BUILDING	    2-9

     2.4  OTHER ALTERNATVE SITES CONSIDERED	    2-10

3.   AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT 	   3-1

     3.1  NATURAL ENVIRONMENT 	   3-1

          3.1.1  Atmosphere	   3-1

                 3.1.1.1  Climate 	   3-1
                 3.1.1.2  Air Quality	   3-1

          3.1.2  Land	   3-1

                 3.1.2.1  Physiography	   3-1
                 3.1.2.2  Surficial Geology 	   3-3
                 3.1.2.3  Soils 	   3-6

          3.1.3  Water Resources and Water Quality	   3-6

                 3.1.3.1  Groundwater 	   3-6
                 3.1.3.2  Streams 	   3-6
                 3.1.3.3 "Public Water Supplies 	   3-6

          3.1.4  Terrestrial and Aquatic Biota	   3-7

          3.1.5  Other Natural Features 	   3-7

     3.2  MAN-MADE ENVIRONMENT	   3_7

          3.2.1  Land Use	   3_7
                                     iii

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
                                                                      Page
                 3.2.1.1  Existing Land Use	    3-8
                 3.2.1.2  Development Controls	    3-10
                 3.2.1.3  Future Land Use Trends	    3-10

          3.2.2  Populations	    3-11

                 3.2.2.1  Existing Residential Population 	    3-11
                 3.2.2.2  Existing Nonresidential Populations
                            and Economy	    3-14
                 3.2.2.3  Future Populations	    3-17

          3.2.3  Transportation Facilities	    3-17

          3.2.4  Wastewater Transport and Disposal Facilities . . .    3-20

                 3.2.4.1  Residual Samples and/or Solvents
                            from Laboratory Analyses	    3-20
                 3.2.4.2  Accidental Spills of Solvents
                            and/or Analytical Samples 	    3-21
                 3.2.4.3  Wash Waters From Cleaning
                            Glassware	    3-21
                 3.2.4.4  Noncontact Water	    3-22
                 3.2.4.5  Emergency Shower and Sprinkler
                            System Water	    3-22
                 3.2.4.6  Locker Room Sink and Shower Water  ....    3-22
                 3.2.4.7  City Sanitary Sewer Configuration  ....    3-22

4.   ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 	    4-1

     4.1  PRIMARY IMPACTS	    4-1

          4.1.1  Construction Impacts 	    4-1

                 4.1.1.1  Groundwater 	    4-1
                 4.1.1.2  Land Use	    4-2
                 4.1.1.3  Population	    4-2
                 4.1.1.4  Transportation	    4-3

          4.1.2  Operation Impacts	    4-3

                 4.1.2.1  Risks to Human Health 	    4-3

                          4.1.2.1.1  Overview 	    4-4
                          4.1.2.1.2  Assessment of Risks of Long-
                                     Term, Low-Level Exposure .  .  .    4-7
                          4.1.2.1.3  Assessment of Risks of
                                     Catastrophic Release 	    4-27
                          4.1.2.1.4  Interpretation of the Results
                                     of Risk Assessment	    4-41
                                      iv

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Continued)
                 4.1.2.2  Land Use/Demography 	   4-46
                 4.1.2.3  Transportation	   4-46

     4.2  MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACTS 	   4-47

          4.2.1  Mitigation of Construction Impacts 	   4-47

          4.2.2  Mitigation of Operational Impacts	   4-47

                 4.2.2.1  Potential Impacts to Human Health -
                          Release of Toxic Substances to the
                          Atmosphere	   4-48
                 4.2.2.2  Potential Impacts to Human Health and
                          Aquatic Life - Release of Toxic
                          Substances to the Mill Creek POTW ....   4-48
                 4.2.2.3  Potential Impacts to Laboratory
                          Workers - Hazardous Waste Storage
                          Accidents	   4-49
                 4.2.2.4  Potential Impacts to Laboratory
                          Workers - Chemical Storage Accidents. .  .   4-49
                 4.2.2.5  Potential Impacts to Populations Along
                          Transportation Routes 	   4-49

     4.3  UNAVOIDABLE ADVERSE IMPACTS 	 .......   4-51

     4.4  IRRETRIEVABLE AND IRREVERSIBLE RESOURCE COMMITMENTS  . .  .   4-51

     4.5  EIS RECOMMENDED ACTION	   4-51

5.   RESPONSE TO COMMENTS ON THE DRAFT EIS	   5-1

     5.1  RESPONSE TO COMMENTS FROM THE PUBLIC HEARING	   5-1

     5.2  CORRESPONDENCE FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES	   5-4

     5.3  CORRESPONDENCE FROM PRIVATE CITIZENS	   5-4

     5.4  CORRESPONDENCE FROM STATE AGENCIES	   5-5

6.   LIST OF PREPARERS	   6-1

7.   GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS.	   7-1

8.   LITERATURE CITED 	   8-1

9.   ACRONYMS	   9_1

10.  INDEX_

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
APPENDIX A - AWBERC-PROVIDED MATERIAL

APPENDIX B - TOXIC SUBSTANCE CONTROL MANUAL

APPENDIX C - CORRESPONDENCE RECEIVED PERTAINING TO DRAFT
             ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT, FULL CONTAINMENT
             FACILITY,  CINCINNATI,  OHIO
                                      vi

-------
                               LIST OF FIGURES


                                                                     Page

Figure 2.1  New Free-Standing Building,  Full Containment Facility    2-2

Figure 2.2  Floor Plan - Free-Standing Building                      2-3

Figure 3.1  Topography of Uptown Area of Cincinnati                  3-4

Figure 3.2  Cross-sections of Topographical Layout of Uptown Area    3-5

Figure 3.3  Land Use and Activitiy Areas Surrounding the
            AWBERC Facility                                          3-9

Figure 3.4  1980 Cincinnati Census Tract Map                         3-12

Figure 3.5  Access to the AWBERC Facility                            3-18

Figure 3.6  Traffic Counts in the Vicinity of AUBERC                 3-19

Figure 4.1  Annual Average Unit Concentration Factor (ug/m3)
            due to Emission from the Proposed Full Containment
            Facility                                                 4-24
                                     vii

-------
                                LIST OF TABLES
                                                                     Page

Table 3-1   1985 Pollutant Standards Index - Monthly Ranges
            and Averages                                             3-2

Table 3-2   Residential Populations of Census Tracts Near
            AWBERC - 1980 Census                                     3-13

Table 3-3   Age and Race Composition of Population in Census Tracts
            Near AWBERC - 1980 Census                                3-15

Table 3-4   Uptown Institutions and Associated Populations           3-16

Table 4-1   Proposed Studies, Surveys, and Services at the FCF       4-8

Table 4-2   Types and Estimated Quantities of Contaminated Wastes
            Received on an annual Basis                              4-10

Table 4-3   Total Quantities of Subject Chemicals Handled Annually
            At the FCF:  Long-term, Low-level Release                4-12

Table 4-4   Characterization of Subject Carcinogenic Compounds       4-17

Table 4-5   Source Term Estimates for Long-Term, Low-Level Release   4-21

Table 4-6   Exposure and Dose Estimates for Subject Carcinogens      4-25

Table 4-7   Risk Characterization, Long-Term, Low-Level Release      4-28

Table 4-8   Total Quantities of Subject Chemicals Handled Annually
            At the FCF:  Catastrophic Release                        4-30

Table 4-9   Toxicity Endpoints for Subject Compound — Short-Term
            Catastrophic Release                                     4-32

Table 4-10  Release Rates and Maximum Exposure Levels — Short-Term
            Catastrophic Release                                     4-34

Table 4-11  Maximum One-hour Exposure Level                          4-36

Table 4-12  Risk Characterization — Short-Term, Catastrophic
            Release                                                  4-42
                                     viii

-------
                       1.  PURPOSE AND NEED FOR ACTION

1.1  PROJECT BACKGROUND
     The Andrew W.  Breidenbach Environmental Research Center (AWBERC) conducts
testing, research and development in support of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's (USEPA) pollution control programs.   To date, research and
development on the use and handling of highly toxic and hazardous materials
has been limited due to the lack of suitable facilities.  No known full
containment facility (FCF) for research on these materials currently exists in
the United States.

     The USEPA is proposing to build a free-standing, full containment
research facility on its own property adjacent to the existing AWBERC
building.  The initial facility plans are presented in the 1985 Concept
Development Plan for a Full Containment Facility, prepared by KZF,
Incorporated.

     The study area addressed in this draft environmental statement (DBS) is
located in the city of Cincinnati in the southwest corner of Ohio.  The
proposed project site is in the central portion of Cincinnati adjacent to the
University of Cincinnati-Medical complex about one-half mile south of the
Cincinnati Zoo.

     In May 1985, Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC 1985a)
prepared an Environmental Assessment (EA) for the proposed facility.  Impacts
addressed in the EA include:

     •  Traffic
     •  Air Quality
     o  Wastewater
     •  Solid Wastes
     •  Internal Waste Handling
     •  Water
     •  Construction Operations
     •  Parking
     •  Noise
     •  Aesthetics/Landscaping.
                                     1-1

-------
Upon completion of the EA, USEPA issued a Finding of No Significant Impact
(FNSI).

     In response to the FNSI issuance, USEPA received a number of comments
regarding the proposed project.  Because of these concerns, USEPA issued a
press release, dated October 7, 1985, indicating its interest in preparing an
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS).  The Notice of Intent to prepare  this
EIS appeared in the December 27, 1985 Federal Register.  A scoping meeting was
held for the EIS on February 4, 1986.

1.2  LEGAL BASIS FOR ACTION AND PROJECT NEED
     The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) requires a Federal
agency to prepare an EIS on "...major Federal actions significantly affecting
the quality of the human environment..-"  In addition, the Council on Environ-
mental Quality (CEQ) has established regulations (40 CFR Parts 1500-1508) to
guide Federal agencies in determining whether expenditures of Federal funds or
Federal approvals would result in a project that would significantly affect
the environment.  USEPA has developed its own regulations (40 CFR Part  6) for
the implementation of the NEPA review.  Because of the concerns expressed in
response to the EA, the USEPA decided to prepare an EIS.

1.3  EIS PROCESS, PUBLIC PARTICIPATION, AND FUTURE STEPS
     In the Cincinnati FCF study area, participants in the planning process
have included:  the city of Cincinnati (Mayor and Deputy Mayor, Environmental
Advisory Council), Ohio EPA, USEPA-Headquarters and Region V, SAIC (EIS
Consultant), and other Federal, State, local, and private organizations.

     An EIS scoping meeting (required under NEPA) was held February 4,  1986 at
the AWBERC facility in Cincinnati.  No additional issues, other than those
outlined in the December 27 Federal Register, were identified during the
meeting.
                                      1-2

-------
     A public hearing was held February 23.  1987  at the AWBERC facility.   The

draft EIS was made available to the public 30 days prior to the hearing.   The

comment period on the draft EIS closed March 10 at which time the comments

received to date were incorporated in the final EIS.



1.4  ISSUES

     On the basis of USEPA's Notice of Intent to prepare an EIS, the EA

prepared by SAIC, and the EIS scoping meeting held on February 4, 1986, the

following issues have been determined to be significant and are addressed in

this DBS.
     •  Procedures for handling hazardous and toxic materials and measures
        used during potential emergency situations

     •  Additional traffic and transportation of hazardous and toxic
        materials, increasing probability for accidents and spills in highly
        populated areas

     •  Discharge of hazardous and toxic materials into the Metropolitan sewer
        system

     •  Effect on the surrounding community of a serious accident in the FCF

     •  Discharge of hazardous and toxic materials into the air and its effect
        on the surrounding community

     •  Assurance that the proposed facility will not be used for genetic
        engineering experiments

     •  Assurance that no microbiological testing will occur without notifying
        the public.
                                     1-3

-------
          2.  ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED INCLUDING THE PROPOSED  ACTION

2.1  NO ACTION
     A no action alternative was considered and eliminated because  it would
not meet the programmatic needs of USEPA in furthering research and
development in the area of toxic chemicals.

2.2  FREE-STANDING BUILDING
     The principal option currently considered for the USEPA FCF is a
free-standing building to be constructed approximately 90 feet from the
existing AWBERC laboratory.  The free-standing building would be situated as
shown in Figure 2-1.  The free-standing building is to occupy 6,743 square
feet (as floor space).  A floor plan of the proposed laboratory is shown in
Figure 2-2 (KZF 1986).

     The laboratory facility will include the following rooms:

     •  Waste sample log-in room
     •  Sample storage room
     •  Special handling room
     •  Organics laboratories
     •  Inorganics laboratory
     •  Balance room
     •  Water Engineering Research Laboratory (WERL)
     •  Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory (HWERL)
     •  Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory (EMSL)
     •  Shower/locker rooms
     •  Glove box room.

The sample log-in room will be used to receive samples and to file
chain-of-custody, sample log-in, and staffing sheets for samples.  Samples
received will be stored in the sample preservation room.  This room will be
specially designed to permit cold storage of samples,  as well as storage of
flammable solvents and samples containing highly toxic substances (PCBs,
dioxins,  etc.).   The special handling room is to be used for carrying out
sample extraction and other work-up techniques prior to analysis.
                                     2-1

-------
\
                                     7   .-• «i»nri*


                              	
-------
                                      FLOOR PLAN
Figure 2.2  Floor Plan - Free-Standlng Building




Source:  KZF, Incorporated  1986
                          2-3

-------
It is expected that highly toxic organic and inorganic substances will be
processed in this room.   The room is to be equipped with two fume hoods and
two glove boxes for use in sample handling and processing.

     The organics laboratories will be used for analysis of samples containing
hazardous organic material.  These rooms will house specialized instrumen-
tation for organic chemical analysis,  such as a gas chromatograph (GC), gas
chromatograph/mass spectrophotometer (GC/MS), high resolution GC/MS, and/or
high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) apparatus.  A fume hood will be
installed in each organics laboratory.  The inorganics laboratory will be used
for analyzing samples containing toxic inorganic contaminants.  Instrumen-
tation for analysis of samples containing metal contaminants, such as atomic
absorption (AA) equipment, will be used in this room.  This laboratory also
will be equipped with a fume hood.

     Precise measurements of sample weights will be conducted in the balance
room, using sensitive laboratory balances.  Traffic through this room
consequently should be kept to a minimum.

     The Water Engineering Research Laboratory (WERL) will be used for
projects involving drinking water and wastewater research.  WERL laboratory
space will be used for toxics treatability studies on various treatment
technologies.  Toxics involved in these studies will include priority
pollutants, azo dyes, and other chemical substances as designated by USEPA's
Office of Toxic Substances.  A provision will be made for disposal of
residuals from pilot-scale treatment units.  These residuals can be expected
to consist of biological sludges and/or spent activated carbon contaminated
with the above-listed toxic substances.  WERL is to perform pilot-plant
studies on the removal of low levels of toxics in water.  The WERL laboratory
will be equipped with a fume hood.  Glove boxes also will be installed for
preparing samples and spike samples for dioxin/dibenzofuran analysis.
                                      2-4

-------
     The Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory (HWERL) will be used
for studies on the characterization,  destruction and detoxification of toxic
and hazardous materials.  Materials to be studied in this laboratory will con-
tain highly toxic contaminants,  including dioxins,  dibenzofurans, PCBs, etc.
The HWERL laboratory will be equipped with a fume hood and glove boxes for
handling samples containing these highly toxic substances.  HWERL's work will
include, in part, studies of soils containing hazardous components.

     Special provisions will be made for chemical handling and waste disposal
in this area, owing to the highly toxic nature of the chemicals involved.
Current HWERL contractors for laboratory analysis of samples for dioxins are
required to wear special protective clothing and self-contained breathing
apparatus in their laboratory.   A similar requirement may exist for all
personnel handling dioxins and dibenzofurans in the new USEPA facility,
depending on the quantities, tests and engineering controls applied.

     The EMSL (Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory) will be used
for preparation of quality assurance samples for use by regional, State, and
local regulatory agencies' laboratories.  Research also will be conducted in
the EMSL laboratory to develop new laboratory procedures for analysis of
samples for toxic contamination.  The EMSL laboratory can be expected to
process trace amounts of highly toxic substances in pure or highly concen-
trated form.  This laboratory will be equipped with a fume hood for use in
sample preparation.

     No genetic engineering experiments will be conducted at the facility.

     The proposed USEPA laboratory will conform with the toxic substances
control policies of USEPA (USEPA 1982).  These policies include installation
of the following facilities in all laboratories conducting experiments with
toxic substances:

     •  Handwashing Facility.   A handwashing facility must be available within
        each work area.(Tnis need not be a facility used exclusively for
        handwashing).   The use of liquid soap is recommended.  In new
        facilities, foot or elbow operated faucets should be provided.
                                     2-5

-------
     •  Shower Facility.   A shower facility,  other than emergency drench
        showers,  must  be  located in the building in which toxic substances are
        used.   The shower facility must be available at all times.   Shower
        facilities adjacent to the work areas are highly recommended.

     •  Eye Wash  Facility.   An emergency eye  wash facility must be located in
        each laboratory.   The eye wash facility should be designed to  wash
        both eyes at the  same time with a continuous stream of potable water.

     •  Exhaust Air from  Primary Containment  Equipment.  The exhaust air from
        glove boxes must  be treated by filtration, reaction, absorption,
        adsorption, electrostatic precipitation or incineration,  as appro-
        priate, depending on the nature of the compound.  The need for, and
        type of,  treatment for other primary  containment equipment, including
        laboratory fume hoods and biological  safety cabinets, must be  deter-
        mined by  the Chief Safety Officer. Exhaust air treatment systems that
        remove toxic substances from the exhaust air by collection mechanisms
        such as filtration, absorption, and adsorption must be serviced in a
        manner that avoids direct contact with the collection medium.   Trained
        maintenance employees may remove the  spent collection medium with a
        bag-in/bag-out collection system or must be garbed in appropriate
        personal  protective clothing and equipment.  All exhaust  air from
        primary containment equipment must be discharged by roof-mounted
        blowers to the outdoors so that such  air is dispersed clear of
        occupied  buildings and air intakes.

     •  Exhaust Ventilation.  A mechanical exhaust ventilation system must be
        provided  for controlling laboratory room air movement.  The movement
        of air must be from areas of lower contamination potential to  areas of
        higher contamination potential (i.e., from entry corridors to the
        laboratory).  This directional air flow may be achieved by a common
        building  exhaust  system, provided that the exhaust air is not  recir-
        culated to any other area of the building.  The exhaust air from
        laboratory areas  must be discharged outdoors in a way that entry into
        that or any other building's air supply is minimized.  Exhaust air
        from laboratory areas that is not derived from primary containment
        equipment can be  discharged to the outdoors without being treated.


In addition, the  proposed USEPA laboratory will conform with the following

USEPA policies (USEPA 1982) regarding operational practices:


     •  Work Area Identification.  Entrances  to all work areas where toxic
        substances are being used or stored must be posted with signs bearing
        the legend:  CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE - Authorized Personnel Only,
        followed  by the name of Principal Investigator.

     •  Access Control.  Work areas where toxic substances are used or stored
        may be entered only by persons authorized by the Principal
        Investigator.   Access doors to work areas must be kept closed while
        experiments with  toxic substances are in progress.
                                     2-6

-------
Work Surfaces.   All work surfaces (bench tops, hood floors, etc.) on
which toxic substances are used must be covered with stainless steel
or plastic trays,  dry absorbent plastic-backed paper, or other
impervious material.  The protective surfaces must be examined for
possible contamination immediately after each procedure with a toxic
substance has been completed.  Contaminated surfaces must be
decontaminated or disposed of as described in the Safety Plan.

Use of Primary Containment Equipment.  Procedures involving volatile
toxic substances and those involving solid or liquid toxic substances
that may result in the generation of aerosols must be conducted in a
laboratory fume hood, a glove box, or other containment equipment
approved for toxic substances by the Chief Safety Officer.  Examples
of aerosol-producing procedures are:  the opening of closed vessels,
transfer operations, weighing, and preparation of mixtures.  Primary
containment equipment used for containment of toxic substances must
display a label bearing the legend:  CAUTION-TOXIC SUBSTANCE.  All
bidding documents and installation plans for primary containment
equipment must be reviewed by the Facilities Management and Services
Division prior to procurement.

Use of Analytical Instrumentation.  Toxic vapors or aerosols produced
by analytical instruments must be captured through local exhaust
ventilation or an appropriate trap at the site of their production.
The instruments may be placed entirely within a laboratory fume hood
if this will not impair hood performance (i.e., towards the back and
raised on legs to minimize turbulence of inflowing air).  When a
sample is removed from the analytical instrument, it must be placed in
a tightly stoppered sample tube or otherwise prevented from con-
taminating the laboratory.  In the event that the analytical equipment
becomes contaminated, it must be labeled "CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE"
until it has been completely decontaminated.  This operational
practice applies to analytical equipment even when it is only
infrequently used for toxic substances.

Use of Respirators as Personal Protective Devices.  A respirator use
program must be provided for emergency and maintenance personnel who
enter areas where a potential for inhalation exposure to a toxic
substance is present.  This program will meet the requirements of the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) General Industry
Standards for respiratory protection, as detailed in 29 CFR 1910.134.
The respirators must be certified in accordance with the requirements
of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.  The selection and use of
respirators must be approved by the Chief Safety Officer.

Storage Inventory and Identification.  Stock quantities of toxic
substances must be stored in a specific storage area that is secured
at all times.  The storage area must be posted with a sign bearing the
legend:   CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE - Authorized Personnel Only.
Principal Investigators must maintain inventory records of toxic
substances for which they are personally responsible and must provide
copies to the Chief Safety Officer.  The inventory records must
                              2-7

-------
   include the quantities of toxic substances acquired and dates of
   acquisition and disposition.   Storage vessels containing stock
   quantities must be labeled:   CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE.  Additional
   storage precautions may be required for compouunds with properties
   such as flammability,  radioactivity, etc.

•  Working Quantities.  Quantities of toxic substances present in the
   work area must not exceed the amounts required for use in one week or
   the limits set by III.A.  This does not include amounts stored in a
   specific toxic substance storage area or cabinet that is located
   within the laboratory work area.  Storage vessels containing work
   quantities must be labeled:   CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE.

•  Laboratory Transport.   Storage vessels containing toxic substances
   must be placed first in an unbreakable outer container before being
   transported to the laboratory work areas.   Good standard transfer
   practices must be used.  Freight elevators must be used to transfer
   regulated substances from one floor to another.  Plastic-coated glass
   bottles with polypropylene caps, which can satisfy a 4-foot drop test,
   are currently available and can serve as both the storage vessel and
   the unbreakable outer container combined.   Contaminated materials
   that are transferred from work areas to disposal areas must first be
   placed in a closed plastic bag or other suitable impermeable and
   sealed primary container.  The primary container must be placed in a
   durable outer container before being transported.  The outer container
   must be labeled with both the name of the toxic substance and the
   warning:  CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE.

•  Housekeeping.  General housekeeping procedures that suppress the
   formation of aerosols, such as the use of a wet mop or a vacuum
   cleaner equipped with a High-Efficiency Particulate Absorption (HEPA)
   filter to remove particulates, must be used.  Dry sweeping and dry
   mopping are prohibited because of the hazard of aerosol formation.
   Training of personnel in appropriate cleaning techniques to avoid or
   minimize exposure is the responsibility of the Principal Investigator.
   In those instances where the toxic substance or contaminated material
   is spilled, special procedures developed for the individual compounds
   must be followed, as described in the approved Safety Plan.

•  Protection of Vacuum Lines.   Each vacuum service, including water
   aspirators, must be protected with an absorbent or liquid  trap and a
   HEPA filter to prevent entry of any toxic substance into the system.
   When using a volatile toxic substance, a separate vacuum pump or other
   device approved for toxic substances must be used.

•  Decontamination.  Contaminated materials must either be decontaminated
   by procedures that decompose the toxic substance to produce a safe
   product or be removed for subsequent disposal.  Toxic  substances  that
   have spilled out of a primary container so as  to constitute a hazard
   must be inactivated in situ or must be absorbed by appropriate means
   for subsequent disposalAdequacy of clean-up must be  tested with
   wipe-test or fluorescence tests or by other appropriate means, as
   described in the approved Safety Plan.
                                 2-8

-------
     •  Handling and Disposal.  Prior to the start of any laboratory activity
        involving a toxic substance, plans for the handling and ultimate
        disposal of contaminated wastes and surplus amounts of the  toxic
        substance must be completed.  The Principal Investigator and Chief
        Safety Officer should jointly determine the best methods available
        that are in compliance with Federal, State and local codes  and
        ordinances.

     •  USEPA Toxic Substances Control Manual (See Appendix B).


PERSONNEL PRACTICES

     Laboratory personne.. must observe the following rules:


     •  Precautionary Considerations

        -  Know the safety rules and procedures that apply to the work being
           done; note the appropriate safety precautions and potential hazards
           before beginning any operation.

        -  Review the applicable emergency procedures; know where the
           emergency equipment is located, how to use it, and how to obtain
           help in an emergency.

        -  Assure the availability of the proper protective equipment and use
           the proper type for each operation.


Safety precautions will be incorporated in the research plans developed for
any hazardous materials experiments to be conducted at the FCF.


2.3  REMODEL SIXTH FLOOR OF EXISTING AWBERC BUILDING

     As an alternative to the free-standing building, USEPA has considered
remodeling the sixth floor of the existing AWBERC building to accommodate the
FCF-  The sixth floor space of the existing AWBERC building comprises 7,500
square feet of gross floor space.


     Remodeling the AWBERC sixth floor is generally considered a secondary
option for the following reasons:


     •  The hazard and nuisance involved with transporting toxic, flammable,
        and/or corrosive chemicals between the first and sixth floors of
        AWBERC
                                     2-9

-------
     •  Expected difficulties associated with the engineering aspects of waste
        disposal from the sixth floor of an existing building (e.g., instal-
        ling air ducts and filters,  plumbing associated with laboratory sink
        drains,  etc.)
     •  Larger population at risk of immediate exposure to toxic chemicals in
        the event of an accident
     •  The loss of this space for conventional laboratories.

2.4  OTHER ALTERNATIVE SITES CONSIDERED
     An off-site location and the sixth floor of AWBERC were considered as
alternatives.  The off-site location was eliminated  from the preliminary
design because its distant location  would not have met  programmatic needs.
A remote location was inconvenient for staff and administration.  Staff from
the existing AWBERC facility require easy access to  the FCF for supplies and
administrative support and for access to AWBERC experts for consultation.  The
sixth floor location also was eliminated, because the existing site could not
adequately accommodate the necessary facilities.
                                    2-10

-------
                           3.  AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT

3.1  NATURAL ENVIRONMENT

3.1.1  Atmosphere

3.1.1.1  Climate
     The Cincinnati regional climate is basically continental, with a wide
range of temperature.  Cincinnati is subject to frequent changes  in wsather
due to the passage of numerous cyclonic storms in the winter and  spring, and
thunderstorms in the summer.  The thunderstorms may be accompanied by hail and
strong winds as well as tornados.  The fall season has less rainfall and an
abundance of sunny days and  comfortable temperatures.

     The Cincinnati area receives an average of 39.5 inches of precipitation
annually, including about 20 inches of snowfall.  During 231 days of the year,
the precipitation is received in increments of less than 0.01 inches.  Average
wind speed is 9.1 miles per  hour, and the prevailing direction is from the
south-southwest (National Weather Service 1986).

3.1.1.2  Air Quality
     Air stagnation and associated high pollution periods may occur 40 to 50
days per year based on the 10-year period 1960-1970.  During the  1936-1970
period, a total of about 140 stagnation days were identified (Southwestern
Ohio Pollution Control Agency 1985).

     Air quality in the area of the AWBERC facility is largely determined by
high traffic volumes.  Monthly ranges and averages for the pollution standards
index for Hamilton County are shown in Table 3-1.

3.1.2  Land

3.1.2.1  Physiography
     The proposed project site is located at the southern edge of Ohio's
Glacial Till Plain physiographic province.  However, only one element
                                      3-1

-------
   TABLE 3-1.   1985 POLLUTANT STANDARDS INDEX - MONTHLY RANGES AND AVERAGES
                         Hamilton/Clermont Counties
    MONTH

January
February
March
April
May
June
July
Augus t
September
October
November
December
HIGH

 59*
  60
  59
  78
  70
  77
 100
  75
  82
  61
  54
  68
LOW

 15
 26
 22
 27
 24
 37
 35
 39
 37
 25
 13
 21
MONTHLY
AVERAGE

   35
   43
   41
   48
   51
   54
   63
   56
   56
   45
   31
   37
1-50 Good
51-100 Moderate
101-199 Unhealthful

Source:  Southwestern Ohio Air Pollution Control Agency Data Sheet, 1985.
                                     3-2

-------
constitutes the physical setting of the project site, and that  is hill  and
valley formation with slopes exceeding 15 percent.

     The topography of the Uptown area of Cincinnati (the area  encompassing
the AWBERC facility) ranges in elevation from 500 to above 850  feet and
contains significant hills north, south, and west of the proposed site  (Figure
3-1).  The hillsides are generally susceptible to landslides, depending upon
soil type, topography, and geology.  Cross-sections of the topographical
layout of the Uptown area and the location of the EPA facility  are provided in
Figure 3-2.

3.1.2.2  Surficial Geology
     The significant geological  feature of the study area is its hillside
bedrock and stability.  Between  450 and 750 feet above sea level, a
sedimentary formation of alternating layers of limestone and shale is
prominent.  This formation, identified as the Kope or Eden Formation of the
Cincinnati Series, is typically  composed of 80 percent shale and 20 percent
limestone and is visible along deeper stream valleys.  The Kope Formation is
important because of its instability when exposed during construction.
Typically, the weathering process makes the formation soft and  highly
susceptible to landslides in certain areas.

     The proposed facility is a  small, two-story building.  Significant
disruption of the soils will not occur during construction.  Four soil  borings
were taken in May 1986 by Soil and Material Engineering Incorporated.   The
borings ranged from 15 to 24 feet.  Lean clay and weathered shale were
encountered at depths ranging from 2 to 10 feet and 7.5 to 17 feet,
respectively.  KZF Engineering used the rusults of the borings  to plan  the
foundation of the FCF.  (KZF pers. comm. 3/10/87.)

     The FCF is designed based on a seismic zone 2 even through the immediate
vicinity is zoned 1 (a lower potential seismic activity rating).  The nearest
seismic 2 zone is 50 miles from  the proposed FCF.
                                      3-3

-------
Figure 3.1  Topography of Uptown Area  of  Cincinnati
Source: City of Cincinnati,  City Planning Department
        Preliminary Reconnaissance  - Uptown Today,
        1986
      Uptown Boundary
      500 - 550tt
      551 - 600ft
      601 - 650ft.
f||| 65,1 - 700ft.
:$;i||i 701 - 750ft.
      751'BOOK*
      80T- 851ft »
      851 - and up
                                   3-4

-------
                                o
u>
        SECTION B
                                                             SECTION A
                                                                                                                        SECTION A
                                               SECTION B
                                                               »«o» I»M««
                                                                             SECTION B
                                                                                                                        SECTION B
                                     Figure 3.2  Cross-sections of Topographical Lay-out of the  Uptown Area
                                     Source:   City of Cincinnati,  City Planning Department,
                                               Preliminary Reconnaissance - Uptown Today,  1986

-------
     Based on these factors and the presence of numerous large commercial and
institutional buildings in the immediate vicinity, potential landslide impacts
are not of concern.

3.1.2.3  Soils
     Soils in the vicinity of AWBERC are classified as RtB, Rossmoyne, in the
Hamilton County soil survey.  Depth to bedrock is greater than 60 feet.  Soil
composition is 1 to 3 percent organic matter and 13 to 45 percent clay
(percent clay increases with depth).  Permeability at 0 to 26 inches  is 0.6  to
2 inches per hour.  It decreases to 0.06 to 0.2 inches per hour at depths
greater than 26 inches.

3.1.3  Water Resources and Water Quality

3.1.3.1  Groundwater
     The project site is located in the upland area composed of extensive
deposits .of glacial till overlying limestone and shale bedrock.  Groundwater
between June and December is for the most part insignificant, with potential
yields of less than 5 gallons per minute.  The depth of groundwater during
this time is estimated to be at approximately 295 feet below the surface of
the project site.  A perched high water table occurs between January  and April
1.5 to 3.0 feet below the surface (Hamilton County Soil Survey undated).

3.1.3.2  Streams
     No natural streams occur within a close proximity to the proposed project
site.  A lake has been constructed in Burnet Woods, approximately two city
blocks from the present AWBERC building.  Overflow from the lake flows beneath
Brookline Drive northwest of AWBERC to a waterfall constructed of rock and
terminates in a combined sewer that parallels the lake.  The lake does not
have a drainage structure of any kind, except for overflow at the waterfall.

3.1.3.3  Public Water Supply
     The main source of drinking water for Hamilton County and the City of
Cincinnati is the Ohio River.  Over 100 million gallons are taken daily from
                                     3-6

-------
the Ohio River by means of a submerged intake crib near the Kentucky shores,
opposite the suburb of California.

     The Cincinnati Water Works, owned and operated by the City of Cincinnati,
serves 23 municipalities and villages and most of the unincorporated area of
the county.  It also serves part of Butler County and part of Warren County.

3.1.4  Terrestrial and Aquatic Biota
     Terrestrial communities in the project vicinity are largely confined to
an urban environment with corridors for parks and greenways.  Birds compose
the most abundant and diverse portion of the wildlife population.  The
Hamilton County Park District identified as many as 76 different species in
the nine county-owned parks in one winter season.  Migrating waterfowl have
been sighted in the Burnet Woods Lake.

     Mammals in the project area are generally limited to those species common
to suburbanized areas, including opossum, mole, raccoon, skunk, squirrel,
chipmunk, rabbit, and various rodents.  No known threatened or endangered
species occur in the project area.

     Plant communities in the area are plantings on the institutional grounds
and woods typical of Eastern Mesophytic forests.  The deciduous canopy is
dominated by white and green ash, sugar maple, cottonwood, elm, black willow,
sycamore, hackberry, box elder, and yellow poplar.  The steeper hillsides are
similar but with an introduction of various hickories and oaks.

3.1.5  Other Natural Features
     There are no wetlands, floodplains, significant natural areas, or
archaeological sites in the study area.  Therefore, no impact on these
features would be expected from the proposed facility.

3.2  MAN-MADE ENVIRONMENT

3.2.1  Land Use
                                     3-7

-------
3.2.1.1  Existing Land Use
     The AWBERC site is located on 22 acres in the middle of Cincinnati's
Uptown University-Medical complex.  The AWBERC facility is bordered by Nixon
and West Nixon Streets (north), West Saint Clair Street (south), Vine Street
(east), and the backs of residences and offices that front on Bishop Street
(west).  The site is nearly in the geographic center of Cincinnati.

     The EPA facility contains a ten-story laboratory and office building,
support facilities, parking, and landscaped areas.  Abutting land uses include
apartments, houses, small businesses and office space, and the University of
Cincinnati campus.

     Surrounding land uses are shown by the map in Figure 3-3.  The area
surrounding AWBERC is dominated by high density institutional development.
The east side of the University of Cincinnati campus borders AWBERC to the
south.  Major medical facilities within a half-mile of AWBERC include the
University of Cincinnati Nursing School, Veterans Administration Hospital,
University Hospital and College of Medicine, Holmes Hospital, Children's
Medical Center, Jewish Hospital, the Shriner Burns Institute, Rollman's
Psychiatric Hospital, and Good Samaritan Hospital.

     Other major institutional land uses within a mile of AWBERC include
Hebrew Union College, several schools (Rockdale, Condon, Columbian, Taft,
Merry, Hughes, Fairview, Clifton, AHC/South Avondale), several more hospitals
(Christ, Bethesda, and Deaconess), and the Cincinnati Zoo.  In addition to the
zoo (about half a mile north of AWBERC), major recreational land uses in the
vicinity include Burnet Woods (100 feet west of AWBERC) and Corryville
Playground (east of the School of Nursing).  Several small business and office
areas catering to the medical complex and the university population are
located near AWBERC to the northwest (Jefferson Avenue), directly north
(Glendora Avenue), and southeast (University Village).

     The vicinity of the AWBERC facility also contains some relatively
low-density residential neighborhoods, mainly in the Clifton area, to the
north and west of AWBERC, in Corryville to the southeast, and across the
                                     3-8

-------
Figure 3.3  Land Use and Activity Areas Surrounding the AWBERC Facility

Source:   city  of  Cincinnati,  City  Planning Department,
         Preliminary  Reconnaissance  - Uptown Today,  1986
                             3-9

-------
University of Cincinnati campus in the Clifton Heights, University Heights,
and Fairview neighborhoods.  Avondale, to the northeast of the medical
complex, is also a low-density residential neighborhood.

3.2.1.2  Development Controls
     The major development controls that apply to the AWBERC complex and
surrounding vicinity are the City of Cincinnati's zoning, building, and  fire
ordinances.  The city is implementing its local development plans  through  the
use of  these standard mechanisms.

     Zoning designations in the vicinity of the existing AWBERC  facility are
mainly  R-3 through R-6, B-3, and B-4.  The site itself is zoned  R-5, which
also permits single- and multi-family dwellings, churches, elementary and  high
schools, recreation facilities, public administration buildings, libraries,
museums and galleries, shared housing for the elderly, colleges, day care
centers, adjustment homes, crematories, hospitals, and nursing and rest homes
(Cincinnati Zoning Ordinance, June 1985 edition).

     In addition to conventional zoning and building code controls, the
Clifton neighborhood, northwest of AWBERC, is designated as an Environmental
Quality Urban Design District and an Environmental Quality Hillside District.
Both of these designations impose standards on new construction  and renovation
to protect the neighborhood's aesthetic values, hillside views,  and drainage
patterns.

3.2.1.3 Future Land Use Trends
     Future land uses in the vicinity of AWBERC are expected to  continue along
essentially the same patterns as current land use.  The neighborhood plans
that the city has adopted  for the area all prescribe an essentially conserva-
tive development strategy, including preservation of the current housing
stock,  consolidation of commercial development, and containment  of instit-
utionl  expansion (City of Cincinnati, Departments of City Planning and
Neighborhood Housing and Conservation, Clifton Community Plan, Hay 1982;
Clifton Heights, University Heights, and Fairview Community Plan, Draft
December 1984).
                                     3-10

-------
     The Cincinnati Department of City Planning and Department of Neighborhood
Housing and Conservation are currently preparing an Uptown Comprehensive Plan
to be completed in September 1987.  The plan will incorporate specific
recommendations for each neighborhood within the Uptown planning area, with
the AWBERC facility located at its approximate center (City of Cincinnati,
Department of City Planning and Department of Neighborhood Housing and
Conservation for Uptown Task Force, Reconnaissance - Uptown Today, January
1986).

     Many of the institutions in  the Uptown area are currently upgrading or
expanding their facilities, either on their own land or on adjacent sites.
Because virtually all of the local plans call for containing institutional
encroachments on residential areas in particular, much of the future insti-
tutional development will probably be confined to property already owned by
the  institutions, many of which have purchased land around their existing
facilities to provide for future  growth.

3.2.2  Population

3.2.2.1  Existing Residential Population
     Population in the vicinity of the AWBERC facility was enumerated in the
1980 Census.  The AWBERC facility is located in the northeast part of
Cincinnati's Census Tract 30, as  shown in Figure 3-4.  Adjacent Census Tracts
include 29 (also in the University Heights area); 32 and 33 (Corryville); 70,
71,  and 72 (Clifton); and nearby  Avondale (Tracts 34, 66, 67, 68, and 69).
Mean incomes and household data for each of these tracts are shown in Table
3-2.  The census figures include  populations of university residences and
other residential institutions, but not of hospitals.

     The residential population surrounding the AWBERC facility is diverse.
The area immediately north and south of AWBERC includes a large student
population.  Census Tract 30, in  which AWBERC and the University of Cincinnati
are  located, also has the highest average number of people per dwelling unit
in the the vicinity (5.03 people  per dwelling unit), reflecting the student
population.  Approximately 2,400  undergraduate students live in university
                                     3-11

-------
U)
I
                            Figure 3.4  1980 Cincinnati Census  Tract  Map
                            Source:  'City  Planning  Commission
                                     Cincinnati,  Ohio,  August 1980

-------
      TABLE 3-2.   RESIDENTIAL POPULATIONS  OF CENSUS TRACTS NEAR AWBERC -
                   1980 CENSUS
CENSUS
TRACT
28
29
30
32
33
67
68
69
70
71
72
POPULATION
2,198
5,001
5,525
2,170
2,432
4,014
5,369
5,888
3,103
3,710
2,517
DWELLING
UNITS
900
2,547
1,099
861
1,455
1,882
2,260
2,490
1,358
1,819
1,596
MEAN POPULATION
PER UNIT
2.44
1.96
5.03
2.52
1.67
2.13
2.38
2.36
2.21
2.04
1.58
MEAN HOUSEHOLD
INCOME
$ 9,374
14,358
10,310
10,016
11,881
10,850
14,146
13,092
19,732
24,851
15,122
Source:   City of Cincinnati,  City Planning Department  (from 1980 U.S.  Census
         STF 1A)
                                     3-13

-------
dormitories during the academic year, plus additional graduate students,
faculty, and guests in other parts of the campus.  During the summer,
dormitory space is occupied by various visiting groups (Patty Hayden,
University of Cincinnati Residence Hall Administration, 1986).  Corryville
(especially Census Tract 32) also has a large student population and  the
lowest mean household income in the vicinity.

     The northern and eastern vicinity of AWBERC (Univeristy Heights,  Clifton
Heights, and Fairview) tends to be composed of a larger proportion of  family
households (as opposed to student households) than the rest of the area and is
characterized by higher household incomes.  Within the Clifton neighborhood
(Census Tracts 70, 71, and 72), the southern tract (72) is a mix of single-
family homes and apartments, the eastern tract (70) is a"mix of single-family
homes and duplexes, and the northern tract (71) is predominantly single-family
homes.  The highest population densities per residential acre, with predomi-
nantly multiple-unit dwellings, are around the Clifton-Ludlow business
district, the Lowell-Dixmuth axis, Vine Street, and the west ends of Ludlow-
McAlpin (City of Cincinnati, Clifton Community Plan, 1982).

     The age and racial composition of the residential population within
approximately one mile of AWBERC, based on 1980 census data, is shown  in Table
3-3.  The area immediately surrounding AWBERC and the university is primarily
white, with approximately 25 percent minority populations.  In the northern
parts of Clifton, the proportion of minorities is much lower.  The population
of  the Avondale area is predominantly black, with a small percentage of white
minorities.

3.2.2.2  Existing Nonresidential Populations and Economy
     The AWBERC facility itself employs between 600 and 750 people (600
daytime workers according to the facility staff; 750 people according  to the
City of Cincinnati, City Planning Department, Burnet Woods Basic Planning
Policy).  Approximate populations of other institutions within one mile of
AWBERC on a typical weekday were estimated based on a survey by the City
Planning Department for the Uptown Task Force in 1985.  These estimates are
shown in Table 3-4 and can be keyed to institutional locations on previously
presented maps.
                                     3-U

-------
               TABLE 3-3.  AGE AND RACE COMPOSITION  OF  POPULATION IN
                           CENSUS TRACTS  NEAR AWBERC -  1980 CENSUS
CENSUS
TRACT
28
29
30
32
33
68
69
70
71
72
POPULATION AGES
Under 5
182
123
111
127
107
370
424
164
140
82
5-18
514
255
1,195
340
272
1,142
1,331
539
475
191
19-64
1,280
4,035
4,091
1,441
1,844
2,775
3,274
2,002
2,298
1,973
Over 65
222
588
128
199
209
1,082
859
308
797
271
Total
2,198
5,001
5,525
2,107
2,432
5,369
5,888
3,013
3,710
2,517

White
1,953
4,505
4,170
679
1,426
358
419
2,066
3,599
2,243
RACES
Black
230
377
958
1,390
975
4,993
5,431
900
64
175

Other
15
119
397
38
31
18
38
47
47
99
Source:   City of Cincinnati, Cincinnati City Planning Department (from 1980 U.S.
         Census Reapportionment File Released March 1981,  and City Planning
         Commission, February 1982).
                                        3-15

-------
                               TABLE  3-4.     Uptown  Institutions and Associated Populations
 INSTITUTION
University of Cincinnati (Clifton)
College of Medicine
College of Nursing and Health
College of Pharmacy
Hoxworth Blood Center
Hebrew Union College
Hughes High School

Bethesda
Children's Medical Center
Christ
Board of Health 310 Burnet
North Central Health Dist. 2939 Vernon PI.
Deaconess
Good Samaritan
Group Health Associates
Holmes
Jewish
(tollman's Psychiatric
Shriner Burns Institute
University Hospital
Veteran's Administration

ZOO
                                           STAFF   STUDENTS   BEDS
                        STAFF   STUDENTS
                                IN-PATIENT
                                 ARRIVALS
6.000
2.350
104
110
200
100
127
2.083
2.200
2. 054'
132
46
757
3.000
175
498
2.400
192
220
2,900
1.200
28,000
1.018
821
200
N/A
175
1,232
306
300
312
1
N/A
• • •
234
N/A
N/A
150
8
4
480
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
498
350
700
N/A
N/A
276
765
N/A
90
607
126
30
664
354
4.000
2.000
75
76
180
100
125
1.4001
1,500
1,700
128
42.
505 *
1.400
175
225
1.650
192
185
2.400
1.000
15.000
750
522
170
N/A
175
972
250
100
200
1
N/A
• . •
200
N/A
N/A
100
4
4
280
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
65
60
80
N/A
N/A
• • •
70
N/A
10
75
8
5
70
35
                                                      TYPICAL WEDNESDAY

                                                      OUT-PATIENTS  VISITORS
                                                                                                                         DAILY TOTAL
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
200
N/A
N/A
200
400
350
84
N/A
• • •
400
650
270
100
N/A
30
.308
400
3.000
500
30
12
25
35
15
500
550
1.900
60
4
1,500
350
140
1,200
30
25
600
1,000
22,000
3.250
627
258
405
310
1.112
2,415
2.610
4.230
273
46
3.570
1.175
645
3.125
234
249
4.658
2.435
97
40J
N/A
                                                                        90
40
N/A
                                                          N/A
3,000J
                                                                      3,130
1.  Figure not supplied this 1s an estimate based on approximately 2/3 of full
    employee count.
2.  There are actually 2.737 employees but 2,054 full  time equivalents.
3.  Cincinnati Public Schools Natural Resources Management school year only.
4.  Additionally up to 30 volunteers a day and 50-60 summer seasonal employees.
5.  In summer week day count is 3.000-5,000. weekend 8.000-10.000.
    In winter daily count range between 600-1,000.

* Source:   Survey for City  of  Cincinnati  City Planning  Department
              Uptown Task  Force except Deaconess Hospital  figures
              which came from  a table  in  the  August  £0,  1984

              edition  of the Cincinnati Business Courier  (p.  10)

-------
     In addition to institutional employment and users, hundreds of offices
and commercial establishments employ and serve daytime populations.  A recent
listing of establishments in 1980 census tracts near AWBERC shows a mixture of
small service-related businesses, neighborhood-oriented retail shops, gas
stations, construction contractors, restaurants, and professional offices
(primarily physicians near the university-medical complex) (Cincinnati, City
Planning Commission, Data Services, 1980 R.L. Polk Detail Listing of
Business).  Specific data on employment and clients of these businesses are
not available but may be prepared in conjunction with the Uptown plan.
Business clusters are shown in previously presented Figure 3-3, Land Use and
Activity Areas Surrounding the AWBERC Facility.

3.2.2.3  Future Populations
     The vicinity of AWBERC is fully developed.  Open space is entirely in
designated parkland, some temporarily vacant lots, and on the grounds of
existing institutions.  In this  context, there is little opportunity for
further  increases in density in  the neighborhoods around the facility,
especially considering the resolve on the part of most local citizens and the
City Planning Commission to control residential and institutional density in
the area.  Hospitals also report that they expect no increase in in-patient
treatment, but possible increases in out-patient treatment, based on recent
trends and current  plans (City of Cincinnati, Neighborhood Plans, 1982 and
1984).

3.2.3  Transportation Facilities
     The AWBERC facility is located halfway between 1-71 and and 1-75 adjacent
to the campus of the University  of Cincinnati.  Main arteries leading to the
facility are Jefferson Avenue, St. Clair Street, and Vine Street.  Access
routes to the EPA facility are shown in Figure 3-5.  Parking is provided for
400 vehicles on the EPA property.  However, parking in the surrounding
neighborhood is extremely scarce relative to demand.  The facility may also be
reached by bus.

     Traffic around the university-medical complex is heavy and often
congested.  Traffic counts at major checkpoints in the area are shown on
Figure 3-6.
                                     3-17

-------
                                                  Andrew W. Breidenba'.^
                                                  Environmental
                                                  Meeearch
                                                  Center
Test and
Evaluation
Facility
                                        to Greater
                                        Cincinnati
                                        Airport
    Greater
    Cincinnati
    Airport
    Figure 3.5   Access  to the AWBERC Facility


                           3-18

-------
       (153)
                                               U.S. EPA
                                           ST. CLASH FACILITY
                                                                                           «...
                                             AT •WHS TOINT EXIT
                                             INTBttTATt 71 CM 78
                                             TO (PA FACILITY.
                                           INTfOTATg 78 TO
                                           OMAT8I CINCINNATI
                                           AIRPORT
FROM GREATER CINCINNATI AIRPORT
TO U.S. EPA ST. CLAIR FACILITY

Inttrstne 78 (North or South)
EXIT HOPPLE ST. TO CENTRAL PKY.,
RIGHT TO MARSHALL AVE., LEFT
TO RIDDLE RD.. RIGHT TO ST. CLAIR
AND EPA FACILITY.

Intareau 71 (North)
EXIT READING RD. TO BURNET AVE. TO
Wm. H. TAFT RD, LEFT TO JEFFERSON AVE.
RIGHT TO EPA FACILITY.

FROM GREATER CINCINNATI AIRPORT
TO U.S. EPA RIDGE RD. FACILITY

Intwstit* 71 (North)
INTERSTATE 76 TO INTERSTATE 71
TO RIDGE RO. (NORTH) EXIT TO
EPA FACILITY.

FROM ST. CLAIR FACILITY
TO RIDGE RD. FACILITY

JEFFERSON TO MCMILLAN, LEFT TO
INTERSTATE 71 NORTH. EXIT RIDGE
RO. NORTH TO FACILITY.

FROM U.S. EPA ST. CLAIR FACILITY
TO GREATER CINCINNATI AIRPORT
RIGHT ON ST. CLAIR TO RIDDLE RD..
LEFT ON MARSHALL AVE., RIGHT ON
CENTRAL PKY.. LEFT ON HOPPLE ST..
RIGHT TO INTERSTATE 75 SOUTH.

FROM U.S. EPA RIDGE  RO. FACILITY
TO GREATER CINCINNATI AIRPORT
RIGHT ON flIDQC RO., RIGHT TO
 INTERSTATE 71 SOUTH TO
INTERSTATE 78 SOUTH.
Figure 3.6   Traffic  Counts  in Vicinity  of  AWBERC   (in  thousands)

                                            3-19

-------
     Deliveries to the AWBERC facility are routinely received from common
carriers and carrier services in the Cincinnati area, including the following
companies:

     •  Yellow Freight System                     •  Roadway Express Company
     •  Carolina Carriers Corp.                    •  Smith Transfer Company
     •  C.W. Transport, American Freight System   •  UPS
     •  Arkansas Best Freight System              •  Federal Express
     •  Consolidated Freightways                  •  DHL.

3.2.4  Wastewater Transport and Disposal Facilities
     Wastes to be generated by the proposed EPA hazardous waste laboratory can
be broadly classified as follows:

     •  Residual samples and/or solvents from laboratory analyses
     •  Accidental spills of solvents and/or analytical samples
     •  Wash waters from cleaning glassware
     •  Noncontact water (e.g., condenser water, steam bath condensate)
     •  Emergency shower and sprinkler system water
     •  Locker room sink and shower waters.

The disposal methods  to be employed for each of these types of wastes, as
outlined in EPA's Toxic Substances Control Manual and engineering plan,  are
described below.

3.2.4.1  Residual Samples and/or Solvents from Laboratory Analyses
     Residual samples and solvents from all experiments conducted at  the
Hazardous Waste Engineering Laboratory will be removed by a licensed  hazardous
waste transport and treatment/disposal firm.  In addition, all expendable
equipment as well as  labware, toweling, gloves, and other material  that,  have
come in contact with  chemical carcinogens will also be disposed  through  a
contract hauler rather than reused.  To the extent practicable,  all hazardous
wastes should be rendered less hazardous at the laboratory prior  to storage/
hauling.  For example, strong acids/bases should be neutralized.  Carcinogenic
contaminants can often be destroyed by the addition of oxidizing  agents.
                                     3-20

-------
     As the chemical reaction characteristics of hazardous wastes generated  by
the laboratory will most likely be relatively unknown prior  to  testing,  mixing
of hazardous wastes should be avoided.  The hazardous waste  storage area
within the laboratory should be explicitly designated as such,  and the area
should be curbed to contain accidental spills.

3.2.4.2  Accidental Spills of Solvents and/or Analytical Samples
     Chemicals spilled  in fume hood areas will be contained  and discharged to
fume hood funnels.  These funnels will be installed flush with  the fume  hood
workspaces to permit easy cleanup of spills.  These funels drain into 5-gallon
stainless steel containers.  The contents of these containers will be hauled
and disposed of by the  laboratory's hazardous waste disposal contractor.  All
spills of hazardous chemicals onto the laboratory floor will be treated  in
situ and/or absorbed by appropriate hazardous waste cleanup  techniques.  All
chemicals and cleanup apparatus (e.g., absorbents) shall be  treated as
hazardous and will be disposed of by the laboratory's hazardous waste
contractor.

3.2.A.3  Wash Waters from Cleaning Glassware
     Glassware that previously had contained hazardous wastes will receive
several cleanings/rinsings.  Wash waters from the initial cleaning and rinsing
will be dumped into stainless steel containers for removal by the laboratory's
hazardous waste disposal contractor.  Subsequent cleanings/rinsings may  also
be reserved for hazardous waste removal or may be discharged into the
facility's laboratory sinks, which drain into the city's sewer  system.   The
determination as  to wash water disposal methods will be made on a case-by-case
basis by the Laboratory Supervisor.

     All wash waters for the cleaning of precleaned glasswater  that had
previously contained nonhazardous waste will be dumped into  the laboratory
sinks.  Again, determinations as to wash water disposal in laboratory sinks
will be made by the Laboratory Supervisor on a case-by-case  basis in
accordance with the rules and regulations published by the Metropolitan  Sewer
District.
                                     3-21

-------
3.2.4.A  Noncontact Water
     All noncontact water used in the laboratory, such as that for condensers
and steam baths,  will be discharged to elevated funnels installed on the fume
hoods.   These elevated funnels will be installed 6 inches above the surface of
the fume hood workspaces to prevent entry of any spilled chemicals or waste-
waters.  The elevated funnels will drain directly to the city's sewer system.

3.2.4.5  Emergency Shower and Sprinkler System Water
     As the EPA laboratory will not be equipped with floor drains, any water
discharged by the laboratory's emergency shower and/or sprinkler system will
accumulate on the laboratory floor.  Such waters may or may not be contami-
nated with hazardous chemicals.  Thus, the Supervisor should determine on a
case-by-case basis how emergency shower and/or sprinkler system water should
be contained, mopped up, and disposed.  If hazardous chemicals are in fact
present in these waters, disposal by dumping into the laboratory sinks (with
direct connection to the city sewer system) will be avoided.

3.2.4.6  Locker Room Sink and Shower Waters
     Locker room sink and shower waters can reasonably be expected to be free
of chemical contaminants from the laboratory.  Therefore, the locker room
sinks and showers will drain directly to the city sewer system.

3.2.4.7  City Sanitary Sewer Configuration
     The FCF will ultimately discharge sanitary and storm sewer effluents to
the Mill Creek Sewage Disposal Plant located west-southwest of the proposed
FCF site.

     The actual connection to the sewers will most likely consist of an 8-inch
storm and 8-inch sanitary sewer pipe running north from the proposed FCF.  The
storm pipe will connect to an existing 15-inch pipe at the property boundary
abutting Nixon Street, and the sanitary pipe will feed into an existing 12-
inch pipe at the same boundary.  Both of these pipes merge in the middle of
Nixon Street into a 15-inch combined sewer main with northerly flow under
Glendora Avenue.    The combined sewer main will eventually flow westerly, then
southerly, down the Mill Creek valley to be processed by the Mill Creek Sewage
Plant.
                                     3-22

-------
                        4.  ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES

4.1  PRIMARY IMPACTS

4.1.1  Construction Impacts
     Construction of the  free-standing building can be expected to generate a
short-term, localized nuisance due to airborne dust and dirt.  Some soil
erosion resulting from building construction can also be expected but will be
minimized by construction practices in accordance with Ohio and Cincinnati
erosion control requirements.  Construction of the free-standing building
could potentially affect  groundwater; however, it is not expected that the
building's foundation will be so deep that construction will result in
long-term groundwater impacts.  Construction of the free-standing building
should not adversely affect surface waters, as all surface waters are located
some distance from  the proposed construction site.

4.1.1.1  Groundwater
     Before the construction of the existing AWBERC facility, a perched water
table was present at 1.5  to 3 feet below the ground surface.  This perched
condition existed only between the months of January and April and was the
result of the extremely low permeability clay soil and presence of a fragipan
layer just below ground level.  It is not presently known if the fragipan was
disturbed during construction of AWBERC.  If it was, the perched conditions
may not exist anymore, and a surface spill would not contaminate groundwater.
Sufficient data concerning the fragipan beneath the site and its disturbance
during previous construction are not available to provide a reliable basis for
impact evaluation.  Given the small quantities of hazardous materials
projected to be handled at the FCF, a spill to soil in the vicinity of the
facility is unlikely to result in groundwater contamination.  If for some
unforeseen reason a large quantity of highly soluble waste was accidentally
released to soil and transported to groundwater, there would be no risk to
public health.  Drinking  water for city residents is obtained from municipal
supplies using the Ohio River as source water.
                                      4-1

-------
4.1.1.2  Land Use
     Construction of a free-standing FCF structure would affect land use only
on the AWBERC site.  In addition to the approximately 6,800 square feet of
land that the structure would cover, a short new driveway would be needed on
the east side of the building,  and sidewalks would be built on the west side
between the free-standing structure and the existing AWBERC building.

     Construction vehicles, equipment, and materials would take up consider-
ably more space during construction of a free-standing building than they
would for modification of the sixth floor of the existing facility, due to  the
more extensive nature of new construction.  The construction period for the
free-standing facility would probably be longer than for modification of the
sixth floor.  Measures would need to be taken to minimize inconvenience to
AWBERC staff and protect aesthetic values in the area, including preserving
any surrounding landscaping, designating alternate walkways, and minimizing
construction noise and dust.

4.1.1.3  Population
     The major group to be affected would be workers at the AWBERC facility.
No significant external population impacts are expected, as there is little
direct interaction between the area population and the AWBERC facility.

     Inconvenience related to building a free-standing structure would involve
possible obstruction of foot paths, some additional dust and mud, and
temporary use of parking spaces for workers' vehicles.

4.1.1.4  Transportation
     No lasting effects on transportation are anticipated as a result of
construction at the AWBERC site.  Some slow traffic may be expected for a few
minutes on several occasions when materials and construction equipment are
initially moved onto the AWBERC site,  in the case of building the free-
standing facility, but this could be scheduled outside of peak traffic
periods.
                                     4-2

-------
4.1.2  Operation Impacts


4.1.2.1  Risks to Public Health

     A primary issue of concern in evaluating the proposed operation of  the

FCF is the assessment of risks to human health associated with exposure  to

chemicals released from the facility.  This evaluation includes consideration

of both long-term, low-level exposure due to day-to-day operations  (i.e.,

assessment of chronic toxicity) as well as the potential for acute  toxicity

due to catastrophic release of larger quantities of chemicals.  The approach

for conducting the public health risk assessment includes the following:


     •  Step 1:  Hazard Identification - Examine the activities at  the FCF and
        the nature and quantity of chemicals and wastes handled.  Select a
        subset of the compounds present to be the focus of the assessment.

     •  Step 2:  Toxicity Assessment - Examine the inherent toxicity of  the
        substances under investigation.  Identify and select appropriate
        toxicity measures for use in evaluating carcinogenic and
        noncarcinogenic effects.

     •  Step 3:  Exposure Assessment - Quantify the release of contaminants
        from the facility.Delineate (i.e., model) the transport of the
        chemicals through the environment and estimate concentrations in
        environmental media.  Determine maximum individual exposure levels and
        estimate dose.

     •  Step 4;  Risk Characterization - Combine the results of the exposure
        and toxicity assessments.Compare dose versus toxicity measure  for
        each subject compound to obtain an indication of the likelihood  of
        adverse effects (carcinogenic and noncarcinogenic) in exposed human
        receptors.


A more thorough and detailed discussion of methods is presented in  the

sections  that  follow.  It is important to recognize that the degree to which a

quantitative evaluation of  risks to public health may be carried out is

directly  related to the adequacy of the data for conducting the component

analyses  identified.


4.1.2.1.1  Overview

     In the day-to-day activities at the FCF, the potential for release  of

chemicals to the environment would be associated with discharge of  waste
                                      4-3

-------
liquids to the sanitary sewer system and venting of exhaust air to the
atmosphere.   The proposed FCF has been designed to minimize the potential for
release of toxic substances and hazardous waste to the sanitary sewer system.
Only waste liquids from the shower,  toilet areas,  and Laboratory sinks will go
directly to the sever.   Laboratory wastes will be segregated to prevent mixing
of hazardous and non-hazardous liquids (Personal Communication, J. Castelli,
March 1986).  In the fume hoods, there will be two separate funnels:  one at
work station level and one elevated approximately 6 inches above the surface.
The funnel at work station level is for the disposal of toxic liquid wastes to
a stainless steel holding container below the work surface and are eventually
removed for disposal to an approved hazardous waste disposal facility.

     The elevated funnel in the fume hoods is for disposal of noncontaminated
water (e.g., condenser water), and this is the only funnel connected directly
to the sanitary sewer line.  As specified in Section 3.2.4, waste water from
the first washing of all used laboratory glassware will be dumped into a
separate stainless steel container and handled and disposed as hazardous.  An
ordinary sink will also be available in the laboratory, connected directly to
the sanitary sewer line, although no hazardous waste materials will be
introduced to this sink.  Finally, the. facility is designed without floor
drains, preventing floor spills from entering the sanitary sewer.

     The proposed design of the plumbing system at the FCF minimizes the
potential for discharge of contaminants to the sanitary sewer system.  As
discussed in Section 4.2.2.2, even if small amounts of toxic substances were
discharged to the sanitary sewer line, dilution in the system would render
these compounds essentially undetectable at the Mill Creek POTW.

     The Mill Creek POTW discharges treated wastewater to the Ohio River
downstream from Cincinnati drinking water intakes.  Because of the sewer
line/POTW system configuration, discharge of pollutants from the FCF to the
sanitary sewer line cannot result in contamination of Cincinnati drinking
water supplies.
                                     4-4

-------
     Release of contaminants from the FCF to the atmosphere surrounding  the
building is the second potential source of exposure of  the public  to hazardous
substances.  In order to minimize the potential for release of  toxic chemicals
from the FCF, EPA has proposed a ventilation system with  the  following
characteristics (USEPA 1985a):

     «  System will control supply and exhaust air to provide a negative
        pressure gradient, causing air to flow from areas of  low risk
        potential (i.e., minimum ambient concentrations of toxic chemicals)  to
        areas of high risk potential
     •  Exhaust air from the laboratory, the hoods, and the glove  boxes will
        pass through a bag-in/bag-out filtering system  consisting  of the
        following elements:  (1) a roughing filter, (2) a high-efficiency
        (99.99 percent) particulate adsorption (HEPA) filter, (3)  a high-
        efficiency (99.99 percent) gas adsorption (HEGA-activated  carbon)
        filter, and (A) a second HEPA filter
     •  The HEGA filter will be provided with test ports  for  monitoring.

     The heart of the filtration system proposed by EPA is the  HEGA filter.
The activated carbon in this unit filters contaminants  from the airstream by
adsorbing  these onto the carbon matrix.  Three types of adsorption occur.
Kinetic adsorption removes substances present in vapor  phase  by electrostatic
attraction  to the carbon granule.  Radioactive materials  may  be adsorbed by
isotopic exchange.  Finally, chemisorption captures airborne  contaminants
through chemical complexation with carbon filter impregnates  (e.g., tertiary
amines).

     Because of the unlikelihood of discharge of pollutants from the FCF to
the sanitary sewer, and given that such a release, if it  occurred, would not
adversely  affect Cincinnati residents (i.e., incomplete exposure pathway), the
discharge  of contaminants from  the FCF to the atmosphere  will be the focus of
the public  health risk assessment.  As noted previously,  the  long-term,
low-level  emissions to the atmosphere will be evaluated as well as short-term
catastrophic release.  In the catastrophic release scenario,  it is assumed
that a leak has occurred in the natural gas line to the FCF.  Natural gas
accumulates in the chemical and sample storage area, then ignites  and explodes
with sufficient force to cause a break in the facility  roof,  with  large-scale
release of  contaminants.  A subset of the chemicals prqjected to be present  at
                                      4-5

-------
the facility at the time of explosion was selected (based on quantity and
toxicity) as the basis for generating source terms for use in dispersion
modeling and in the subsequent characterization of acute toxicological effects
in exposed receptors.

     In evaluating the risks to public health associated with day-to-day
activities at the FCF, the assessment should realistically reflect activities
and events projected to occur at the facility.   Ideally, the following
information should be known:

     •  Detailed characterization of experimental activities to be conducted
        at the FCF, such that daily or weekly releases of subject chemicals to
        the air filtering system may be predicted
     •  Efficiency of the particulate and carbon filters in removing specific
        contaminants from the airstream
     •  Effects of filter age and quantity of entrapped chemicals on
        contaminant pass-through
     •  Typical source-terms for day-to-day or weekly release of contaminants
        from the FCF to the atmosphere.

This information was unavailable for the proposed FCF, and source-terms had to
be calculated using the limited data available.  Several EPA laboratory
facilities, similar in operation to the proposed FCF, were contacted to
collect existing information of importance.  This included Research Triangle
Park in North Carolina, the National Enforcement Investigation Center in
Denver, and the Las Vegas laboratory.  Very few data of value were obtained.
No monitoring information was available on the loss of contaminants to the
exhaust system, subsequent release to the atmosphere, or exposure to humans in
the vicinity of the facilities.

     Because of the lack of critical data needed to characterize the rates of
release of contaminants to the air filtering system, the influence of the HEPA
and HEGA filters on contaminant pass-through, and the quantity of chemicals
lost to the atmosphere, and because of the uncertainties associated with
developing this information, a worst-case approach was adopted in conducting
the public health risk assessment.  It was assumed that all materials lost to
                                      4-6

-------
the air filtering system will be released/vented to the atmosphere  (i.e.,
0 percent removal of chemicals from the exhaust stream).  Release rates were
estimated on this basis, air dispersion modeling was conducted, and worst-case
maximum individual exposure levels were projected.

     In the following discussion, the results of the public health  risk
assessment are presented in two parts:  (1) the assessment of long-term, low-
level exposure and chronic toxicity; and (2) the evaluation of catastrophic
release, short-term exposure, and acute toxicity.

4.1.2.1.2  Assessment of Risks of Long-Term, Low-Level Exposure
Hazard Identification
     As described in Section 2.2, there are three major EPA Office  of Research
and Development laboratories at AWBERC that plan to use the FCF:  (1) the
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory (EMSL) involved in  the
development of standardized test procedures and quality assurance materials;
(2) the Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory (HUERL) investigating
the destruction/detoxification of hazardous materials;  and  (3) the
Water Engineering Research Laboratory (WERL) conducting toxics treatability
studies and evaluations of pollutant contamination of drinking water and
wastewaters.  A more detailed overview of  the activities of these laboratories
is summarized in Table 4-1.  This information should not be taken to be an
exhaustive listing of all activities anticipated over the lifetime  of the FCF.
It is, however, a basis for evaluating the  projected level of activity at the
facility.

     The classes of compounds and wastes likely to be handled in the FCF
laboratories include the following (Liberick 1986, Lichtenberg and  Winter
1986, Winter 1986, Dobbs 1986):

     •  Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
     •  Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)
     »  Polychlorinated dibenzodioxins
     •  Polychlorinated dibenzofurans
     •  Halogenated ethers
                                      4-7

-------
           TABLE 4-1.   PROPOSED STUDIES,  SURVEYS,  AND SERVICES AT THE FCF
                    Source:   Winter 1986, Lichtenberg 1986, Thurnau 1986
Description of Study,  etc.    Specimen Type or Matrix
                             Chemical(s) or  Contaminant
                                 Type(s) Involved
Soil Mobility

Treatment, Destruction,
Detoxification,  and/or
Alternative Disposal
Industrial and Hazardous
Waste Site Sample Analysis

Wastewater Treatability
Studies (Sorption,
Volatilization, etc.)

Waste Sample Standards
("Spiking")
Soils

Hazardous materials;1spils;
water; oils
Mining wastes; industrial
process wastes

Water; wastewater; waste
treatment solids
Solid sludges; industrial
wastes; liquid and solid
wastes; soils; sediments
Preparation of Standard
solutions for Performance
Evaluation
Solvents used, mainly
methanol,; also acetone,
methylene chloride,
hexane, etc.
PCBs; dioxins; furans

PCBs; dioxins; furans;
phthalate esters; PAHs;
heavy metals; halogenated
aliphatics; halogenated
ethers; organochloride
pesticides

Unspecified toxic organics
Unspecified toxic organics
Already containing toxic
compounds but spiked with
ppm to percent levels with
pesticides; metals;
phenolics; polynuclear
organics; aldicarb; PCBs;
Appendix VIII chemicals;
other priority pollutants

Appendix VIII compounds
                                         4-8

-------
     •  Halogenated aliphatics
     •  Phthalate esters
     •  Organochlorine and organophosphorous pesticides
     •  Phenolics
     o  Heavy metals
     •  Asbestos
     •  Other Clean Water Act priority pollutants
     •  Other Appendix VIII compounds (Resource Conservation and Recovery Act)
     •  Other Appendix A chemicals (Comprehensive Environmental Response,
        Compensation and Liability Act).

     Typically, the FCF would receive samples of soils, oils, or solvents
contaminated with parts-per-billion (ppb) to low percentage concentrations of
the subject chemicals.  EMSL estimates that it will receive 1 quart to
5 gallon amounts of-liquid or solid wastes, approximately once per month, for
evaluation (Lichtenberg and Winter 1986).  Each month, HWERL anticipates that
it will receive approximately 2 to 10 pounds of contaminated soil, 1 gallon of
contaminated water, and 1 to 5 gallons of contaminated oil and solvents
(Liberick 1986).  WERL anticipates that environmental samples may be tested on
an irregular basis at the FCF and may be received in 55-gallon quantities or
more (Dobbs 1986).  Estimated use of environmental samples by WERL will be as
follows:  (1) seawater - 55 gallons bimonthly, (2) surface water - 55 gallons
biannually, (3) groundwater - 55 gallons biannually, (4) leachate - 110 gal-
lons biannually, (5) industrial process water - 55 gallons biannually,
(6) municipal wastewater - 55 gallons bimonthly, and (7) industrial wastewater
- 100 gallons biannually.  Table 4-2 summarizes the types and quantities of
wastes received on an annual basis by each laboratory in the FCF.

     In conducting research at the FCF, a large number of reagents and
standards will be kept on hand.  Appendix A contains several lists of
chemicals that may be used in proposed studies at the FCF.  In addition to
these compounds, other chemicals would be obtained as needed from the USEPA
Repository for Toxic and Hazardous Materials.
                                     4-9

-------
          TABLE 4-2.   TYPES  AND  ESTIMATED QUANTITIES OF CONTAMINATED
                      WASTES RECEIVED ON AN ANNUAL BASIS
Laboratory
Waste Sample Description
Quantity per Year*
HWERL



EMSL

WERL
Contaminated soils
Organic contaminated water
Waste oils and solvents
24-120 lb/11-55 Kg
12 gal/60 Kg
12-60 gal/60-300 Kg
Contaminated liquid and solid waste   3-60 gal/15-300 Kg
Seawater
Surface water
Groundwater
Leachate
Industrial process water
Municipal wastewater
Industrial wastewater
330 gal/1650 Kg
110 gal/550 Kg
110 gal/550 Kg
220 gal/1100 Kg
110 gal/550 Kg
330 gal/1650 Kg
220 gal/1100 Kg
*An average density of 5 Kg/gal is  assumed for liquid mixtures.

Sources   EPA Memoranda:   Dobbs (3/3/86);  Winter (1/30/86);  Liberick (2/28/86);
                         Lichtenberg and  Winter (2/28/86);  and Thurnau
                         (5/15/86).
                                    4-10

-------
       Based on discussions with EPA Office of Research and Development  staff,
it is not possible to specifically identify all materials that may be
evaluated or handled at the FCF, nor is it possible to exactly quantify  the
amounts likely to be stored at  the facility over time.  HVERL research
scientists note, for example, that the nature of any future vork in hazardous
waste treatment at the FCF "... will depend on new chemical compounds that
become available, [and that] predictions of work to be undertaken at the FCF
over the next decade is virtually impossible" (Memo received from J. Castelli,
1986).

     In evaluating risks  to public health, it is unnecessary to examine  all
substances anticipated to be present at the FCF.  Rather, a subset of all
chemicals identified is selected to be the focus of the risk assessment
(compounds that will "drive" the risk assessment, i.e., those for which  the
greatest risks to human health  are associated).  The concept of selecting
indicator compounds or a  subset of the total number of chemicals present as
the  focus of the assessment has been advanced by EPA in evaluating risks to
public health due to the  release of contaminants from hazardous waste sites
(USEPA 1985b,c).  The selection of these subject chemicals is based upon
several fundamental considerations:  (1) the estimated quantity present  at the
facility on an annual basis; (2) the potential for loss of these compounds to
the  air filtering/exhaust ventilation system (e.g., volatility); and (3) the
inherent toxicity of the  chemicals.  No quantitative index was developed and
used to select subject compounds.  The selection was based instead on best
professional judgment given  the available information.  Note when considering
the  risks associated with long-term, low-level exposure,  the compounds of
primary health concern are  the  carcinogens of greatest potency.  Table 4-3
identifies  the compounds  that have been selected.

     In order to  estimate  quantities of chemicals handled/present at the  facil-
ity  over time, it is useful  to  divide the substances into two broad categories;
(I)  chemicals kept on hand as a necessary vart of laboratory analyses, such
as reagents, solvents, standards solutions, etc. and (2}  compounds that  enter
the  laboratory as materials to  be tested or as contaminants in liquid and
so. id waste samples and that constitute the typical materials under investisa-
tic.i by the laboratories.  The  total quantity of a given  chemical handled
at :he laboratory is taken to be the sum of (1) and (2}.  Estimates of
                                     4-11

-------
                        TABLE 4-3.  TOTAL QUANTITIES OF SIBJBCT CffiMCALS HflNXED ANUAUY AT TEE FCF:  LOG-TERM, LCW-LEVEL RELEASE
Compound Name* Quantity of chemicals Concentrations/Total Quantities of Chemicals in Waste Samples Handled by
kept on hand as liquid PCF on Yearly Basisb'°'d'e
solvent or as reagent
chemicals, g/yr
Contaminated Soils Contaminated Surface Contaminated liquids Industrial process
(55 kg/yr) Water and Groundwater and solids, waste water, municipal
(1100 kg/yr) oils and solvents, wastewater, and
leachate (1700 industrial waste-

,1 Aldrin
to
Benzene
Carbon Tetrachloride

Chloroform
Ghromiun VI
Hethylene Chloride
PCBs

TOD
Tetrachloroetnylene

3

3340
12080

5920
52h
26600
.010

I
810

10 ppn/0.55 g

10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppa/0.55 g

10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g

10 ppb/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g

10 ppn/11 g

10 ppu/llg
10 ppn/11 g

lOppn/Ug
lOppn/Ug
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g

lOppb/Umg
10 ppn/11 g
kg/yr)
2.0 ppn/3.4 g

577 ppn/981 g
342 ppn/581.4 g

20.5 ppn/34.9 g
806 ppa/1370g
781 ppn/1328g
390ppn/663g

10 ppb/0.017 g
1345 ppn/2.287 g
water (3300 kg/yr)
0/0f

.310 ppn/1.020 g
7.2 x 10~2 ppn/
0.024 g
.25 ppn/0.83 g
.29 ppn/0.% g1
1.08 ppn/3.560 g
1.1 x 10~4 ppn/
3.6 x 10~4 g
0/0£
1.8 x 10~2 ppn/
Total Contam- Total
inant in waste Annual
g/yre Quantity
g

15.0

994
593

47.3
1382
1343
675

0.029
2299

18.0

4334
12673

5967
1434
27943
675

1.03
3109
Trichloroethylene
1460
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/11 g
2173 ppn/3.694 g
0.059 g

9.9 x 1C
0.033 g
9.9 x 10~3 ppn/
3706
5166

-------
   a)  List of chanicals compiled from infotnation supplied by EPA:  Winter  (03/07/86); Dobbs (03/03/86); Lichtenberg (03/06/86); Lichtenberg and Winter
       (02/28/86).

   b)  Quantities taken from information received in a) above and from:  Liberick (02/28/86); Winter (01/30/86).  Where liquid volumes were given, an average
      density of 5 kg/gallon was assumed.  Maximum estimate of quantity was used when a range was given.

   c)  TED concentrations taken from UEEPA 1985d.

   d)  Concentrations in contaminated liquids and solids, waste oils and solvents, and leachates taken from Blackman et al. 1984.

   e)  Concentrations for industrial process  waters, municipal waste-waters,  and industrial wastewaters taken from USEPA 1986a and SAIC 1985.

   f)   No data were found on levels of subject chemicals  in sea water  (1650  kg/yr handled at the BCF).  Concentrations were therefore assumed to be zero.

   g)   Incorporated in 100 g chromium trioxide, Cr03-

   h)   For Cr VI and other forms of chromium.
i—
CO

-------
projected yearly "consumption" or use of solvents and reagents at the FCF are
provided in Appendix A.   From this information, the carcinogens with the
highest annual consumptions were identified.  In some instances, more than one
estimate of annual use was given for a chemical.  The highest use values
identified in the information were selected (see Appendix A).

     Only limited information was available on the concentration of contamin-
ants in typical waste samples.  These estimates were in general wide-ranging
and not specific for given chemicals (Lichtenberg and Winter 1986).  Thurnau
(1986) proposed a level of 10 mg/kg as a typical estimate for contaminants in
most types of samples.  In order to satisfactorily quantify levels of con-
taminants in wastes handled at the FCF, data obtained from the literature
supplemented the information provided by AWBERC.  Table 4-3 is a compilation
of quantities of the selected subject compounds in waste samples of all types
as well as projected quantities of these compounds to be used as reagents or
solvents.  In addition, estimates are presented of the total quantities of
each substance handled at the FCF.

     Concentration of selected (subject) chemicals in contaminated liquids and
solid wastes, in waste oils and solvents, and in leachate were estimated using
data presented in Blackman et al. (1984).

     Two recent studies conducted for EPA and Congress provided information to
characterize expected levels of contaminants in these liquid wastes, indus-
trial wastewater, industrial process water, and municipal wastewater (SAIC
1985b, USEPA 1986a).  The studies examined the release of hazardous waste
nationally from more than 40 industrial categories to POTWs.  Using estimates
of total pounds of chemical discharged across all industries, and given a
knowledge of total flow, average concentations of given contaminants in
industrial wastewaters were projected.  The data obtained were for indirect
discharging industries only from the Clean Water Act Consent Decree list.
Although the results obtained were for industrial wastewater, in the absence
of any other data, these findings were also applied to characterize municipal
wastewater and industrial process water.
                                     4-14

-------
     An average level of 10 ppm of the subject compounds was used for con-
taminated soil, surface water, and groundwater samples projected to be
received by the FCF, for all compounds under investigation except tetrachloro-
dibenzodioxin (TCDD).  TCDD was estimated to be present in these samples at a
level of 10 ppb based upon the information provided in USEPA (1985a).
Concentrations of the subject compounds in sea water samples were assumed to
be essentially zero.

Toxicity Assessment
     In evaluating  the risks to public health of long-term, low-level release
of chemicals from the FCF, it is necessary to focus on potential chronic toxi-
cological effects.  The chronic effect of greatest concern is carcinogenesis
and the one that may be most meaningfully quantified in evaluating the risks
to public health.   Many of the chemicals proposed by EPA for use in the FCF
are potential carcinogens in humans.  These include:

     •  Polychlorinated biphenyls  (PCBs)
     •  Polycyclic  aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)
     •  Polychlorinated dibenzodioxins
     •  Polychlorinated dibenzofurans
     •  Organochlorine pesticides  (e.g., Aldrin)
     •  Acrylonitrile
     •  4-Aminodiphenyl
     •  4-Nitrobiphenyl
     •  Benzidine and chlorinated  benzidines
     •  Bis(chloromethyl) ether
     •  N,N-Dimethyl-4-aminoazobenzene
     •  Ethyleneimine
     •  4,4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline)
     •  (J-Naphthylamine
     •  N-Nitrosodimethylamine
     •  fi-Propiolactone
     •  Vinyl Chloride
     •  Several heavy metals (e.g., beryllium, cadmium, chromium VI, nickel)
     •  Asbestos.
                                     4-15

-------
     The inherent toxicity of carcinogens may be evaluated by examining the
caicinogenic potency factor estimates for the subject compounds.  The
carcinogenic potency factor (qx) is defined as the 95 percent upper limit
slope estimates of the linear portion of the dose response curve for a given
carcinogen.   The potency factor may be used to give an indication of the
relative carcinogenic response per unit dose.  As outlined in the section  on
risk characterization, the potency factor values are the toxicity measures
that are used to characterize the lifetime individual risks associated with
exposure to carcinogenic compounds.

     Table 4-4 summarizes carcinogenic potency factors for the selected
subject compounds (see Table 4-3) and provides data on molecular weights and
vapor pressures.  As noted previously, subject chemicals'were selected based
upon best professional judgment, taking into consideration the availability
and the magnitude of the carcinogenic potency factors, the quantity of the
chemical present at the facility, and the potential for loss (volatility)  of
these substances to the air filtering system.  Table 4-4 also provides the EPA
Carcinogen Assessment Group (CAG) weight-of-evidence rating of the data
supporting a finding that a compound is a carcinogen in animals and humans.

Exposure Assessment
     The exposure assessment consists of three major components:  (1) estimat-
ing release of contaminants from the FCF and developing source-terms (mass per
unit time vented to the atmosphere); (2) selection and application of atmo-
spheric transport models to estimate ambient environmental levels of the
subject carcinogens; and (3) quantification of exposure and average annual
lifetime dose.

     Ideally, levels of chemicals released from a stationary point source  on a
day-to-day basis are best quantified using monitoring data.  This information,
of course, is not available for the FCF.  As noted in section 4.1.2.1.1,
several other EPA laboratory research facilities were contacted to obtain
relevant data that might be used in generating source-terms (Personal
Communication July 1986:  Ken Fischer, National Enforcement Investigation
Center, Denver, Colorado; Wayne Crane, EPA Las Vegas Laboratory; and Jewell
                                     4-16

-------
               TABLE 4-4.  CHARACTERIZATION OF SUBJECT CARCINOGENIC COMPOUNDS
Chemical
Aldrin
Benzene
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Chromium VI
Methylene Chloride
PCBs
Arochlors
TCDD (Dioxin)
Tetrachloroethylene
Trichloroethylene
Molecular*
Weight
365
78.12
153.82
119.38
52 (atomic
weight)
84.94
257.9 to 375.7
(1016 to 1260)
332
165.83
131.39
Vapor Press
(mmHg)
6 x 10"6
95.2
90
150.5
<10~5
362.4
6.7 x 10" 3
(1221)
7.4 x ID"10
14
57.9
urea
25°C
25°C
20°C
20°C

20°C
25°C

25°C
20°C
20°C
Carcinogenic
Potency tb
Factor: q
(mg/kg/day)
11.4
2.9 x 10"2
1.3 x 10" 1
8.1 x 10" 2
41
6.3 x 10"4
4.34

1.5 x 105
1.7 x 10"3
4.6 x 10"3
Weight of
Evidence"
B2
A
B2
B2
A
B2
B2

B2
B2
B2
Route of
Exposure
0
I
0
0
I
I
0

0
I
I
"Sources:   Mabey et al. 1981, Podol et al. 1986.

b95 percent upper limit estimate of the slope of the dose-response curve.  Carcinogenic
 potency factors were obtained for inhalation route of exposure when available.  When these
 were unavailable, the potency factors for oral exposure have been included.  Source:
 USEPA 1985b.

CEPA weight-of-evidence rating of the cause-and-effect relationship between exposure to a
 compound  and carcinogenesis in receptors.  Group A is proven human carcinogen.  Group B is
 probable  human carcinogen.  Group C is possible human carcinogen.  Group D is "not
 classifiable" or no data-available.  Group E is no evidence of carcinogenic!ty in humans.
 See USEPA 1986b.

dRoute of  exposure for which carcinogenic potency was characterized.  0 - oral route, I -
 inhalation route.
                                            4-17

-------
Morris, EPA Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina).  No monitor-
ing data on atmospheric emissions were available, but assistance was provided
in developing source-terms.

     In the absence of monitoring data, source-terms (i.e., mass released  per
unit time) for the subject chemicals could be developed by evaluating  the
total loss of chemicals from typical experimental activities  in the  laboratory
facility and evaluating the loading to, and removal of, contaminants by  the
air filtering system (i.e., HEPA and HEGA filters).  Because  insufficient  data
were available to conduct  this characterization for the proposed FCF,  a  third
alternate approach was adopted.

     In the present assessment, a worst-case evaluation is conducted of  the
release of chemicals from  the FCF.  The assumption is made that the  air
filtering system removes none (0 percent) of the chemicals released  to the
exhaust and that all (100  percent) of  the compounds present in  the air stream
are vented to the atmosphere.  The assessment of long-term, low-level  releases
will focus on the 10 subject carcinogens identified previously  (Tables 4-3 and
4-4).  These compounds may be grouped  into several categories:  organic  sol-
vents of relatively high volatility (liquid chloroform, carbon  tetrachloride,
methylene chloride, tetrachloroethylene, benzene, and trichloroethylene);
organic compounds of relatively low volatility (TCDD, Aldrin, and PCBs); and
one inorganic chemical usually found in aqueous media or solid waste (Chromium
VI).

     In the case of liquid organic solvents, it is assumed that, in  the  course
of a year's operation  at the FCF, very little of the subject  compound  leaves
the laboratory in the  form of liquid waste (Thurnau, May 15,  1986, and
personal communication, June 26, 1986).  Vapors from solvents are distilled
off and exhausted to the air filtering system during extraction and  concentra-
tion operations.  All  apparatus for these operations, as well as chroma-
tographic equipment, are vented to fume hoods  (Thurnau 1986).   Given these
assumptions (which are the most conservative ones possible),  all solvents  used
during the year are vented to the atmosphere, and all relatively volatile
chemicals contained in waste samples brought into  the laboratory for study are
extracted, stripped, or otherwise.released in  the  form of  vapor, which
likewise is exhausted  through the fume hoods.
                                     4-18

-------
     In order to verify the appropriateness of the above assumptions,  informa-
tion was gathered from several EPA regional laboratories (NEIC-Denver,  EPA  Las
Vegas, and EPA Research Triangle Park.)  In general,  the laboratories  con-
tacted proved to be different from the proposed FCF in size and/or  focus  of
operations, but the assumption that solvents are mainly exhausted to  the
atmosphere rather than as lost liquid waste was upheld (personal communica-
tions with K. Fischer, NEIC-Denver, and W. Crane, EPA-Las Vegas, June  30,
1986).  As noted previously, no atmospheric monitoring data were available  on
the release of contaminants from the facilities (personal communication,
K. Fischer, W. Crane, and J. Morris, July 19, 1986).

     Estimates of atmospheric releases of the substances TCDD, Aldrin,  and
PCBs must  take into account their low vapor pressures (see Table 4-4).  Aldrin
and dioxin are crystalline powders and may be mobilized as such if  present  in
pure form.  More likely,  these powders may be adsorbed onto dust particles  in
soil samples  and may  be exhausted from the laboratory in air  currents  going up
the fume hoods.  PCBs are mixtures of isomers of varying molecular  weights  and
may range  in  physical state from liquids to waxy solids or semisolids.

     Compounds of chromium VI, if present as solids,  could be released to the
atmosphere in the form of fine particulates or adsorbed on the surface of dust
particles  from soil samples.  If chromium in solution is determined by direct
aspiration atomic absorption spectrophotometry and vented to  the fume  hoods,
the chromium  contained in that portion of the solution that was aspirated
would be released in  microcrystalline form after passing through the machine.

     The question of  release of these chemicals from  solution (e.g., evapora-
tion from  solvent following extraction) has been discussed by Thurnau  (1986).
He calculates the amount  of solvent contained in a headspace  of a given size,
using the  Ideal Gas Law and assuming ideal solution behavior  (i.e., that  the
solution is "ideally  dilute," and that the solvent mole fraction approaches
unity, and that all solutes are present in very low concentration).  This
approach allows calculation of solvent vapors released by uncapping containers
of a given size a certain number of times per day during the  course of a
laboratory study.  It also leads to the conclusion that the amount  of  solute
evaporated is essentially zero.
                                     4-19

-------
     Given the considerations presented above, source-terms (i.e., release
rates over time) for the 10 subject carcinogens were estimated.  The estimates
are based on the assumption that the total quantity of chemical handled at  the
FCF over a one-year period (i.e.,  the quantity on hand as reagent as well as
that contained in waste samples) is -completely lost to the atmosphere.  In
generating source-term estimates for each chemical, the total quantity handled
is apportioned over a year's time period to generate amounts released in
grams/second.  These values are summarized in Table 4-5.  In doing this, it is
assumed that release is continuous 24 hours each day, 365 days per year.
Although unrealistic, this is consistent with a worst-case assessment.  This
conservative assumption will allow us to generate maximum estimates of
exposure levels.

     Once release rates have been estimated for the subject chemical, disper-
sion modeling can be conducted to estimate exposure levels to human receptors
surrounding the proposed FCF.  Two air quality dispersion models were selected
to estimate exposure associated with day-to-day release of the 10 subject
chemicals:'  the long-term version of the Industrial Source Complex Model
(ISCLT) and LONGZ.  Both models were run with the advice of EPA meteorologists
(Koerber 1986, Wilson 1986, Lee 1986), and in order to achieve a conservative
estimate of ambient concentrations, no pollutant transformation or degradation
was assumed.

     The ISCLT model is an advanced, steady-state Gaussian plume model,
preferred by EPA for use in modeling complicated sources in either urban or
rural areas with simple terrain (USEPA 1986c).  The FCF is considered a
complicated source because it requires special treatment for dispersion due to
considerations such as aerodynamic downwash.   In its most recently released
version (USEPA 1986d), the model incorporates a number of options, including a
regulatory default option that sets several switches or program control
options to those applicable for regulatory situations.  The model was run in
the urban mode, incorporating building downwash effects, with this regulatory
switch invoked.
                                     4-20

-------
TABLE 4-5.  SOURCE-TERM ESTIMATES FOR LONG-TERM, LOW-LEVEL
                  RELEASE  OF  CONTAMINANTS
    Chemical
 Release Rate
(grams/second)
    Aldrin
    Benzene
    Carbon Tetrachloride
    Chloroform
    Chromium VI
    Methylene Chloride
    PCBs
    TCDD
    Tetrachloroethylene
    Trichloroethylene
5.7 x 10
1.4 x 10
4.0 x 10
1.9 x 10
4.5 x 10
8.9 x 10
2.1 x'lO
3.3 x 10
9.9 x 10
1.6 x 10
                                                    -7
-4
-4
-4
-5
-4
-5
-8
-5
-4
                            4-21

-------
     The source was modeled as a single stack, although the release point(s)
might be more appropriately considered as vents.  The following exit con-
c'itions were assumed:   a 10-meter stack height, a 1-meter stack diameter, a
1 meter per second exit velocity, and a release temperature of 10 degrees
Centigrade above the annual average ambient temperature.

     A receptor grid was generated so that concentrations were calculated at
100-meter intervals to a distance of 3 kilometers from the point of release.
The receptor points (points at which exposure concentrations were determined)
nearest to the source were 70 meters from the FCF.

     In addition to the ISCLT assessment, a second model, LONGZ, was also used
to calculate expected annual impacts due to releases from the FCF.  This model
is recommended by EPA for use in second-level screening applications where the
source is located in an urbanized complex terrain valley (USEPA 1986c).  LONGZ
is a steady-state Gaussian plume model that utilizes an initial smoothing
function so that pollutants are uniformly dispersed within each wind direction
sector (rather than straight-line plume following, as in ISCLT).  Recommended
regulatory options were used.

     With LONGZ, the facility was modeled as a building source (an option not
available with ISCLT), that is a building with emissions at a low exit
velocity and with minimal thermal buoyancy from vents or short stacks located
on or immediately adjacent to the building (Bjorklund and Bowers 1982).

     A polar coordinate system was employed with LONGZ so that concentrations
were calculated along 16 radii (each 22.5 degrees) at seven equidistant
locations in 600-meter intervals.  Terrain elevation values were obtained from
USGS maps of the area and input for each of these receptor points.  This grid
is not as dense as that used in ISCLT but is considered adequate due to  the
fact that the terrain in the immediate vicinity of the FCF is not of greater
elevation than the release point and does not vary appreciably within the
600-meter intervals.  Also, because releases from the FCF will have minimum
thermal buoyancy, it is expected that maximum downwind concentrations will
occur very close to the point of release.
                                     4-22

-------
     Both ISCLT and LONGZ were executed five times using  five years of
meteorological data in the form of joint frequency distributions of wind
speed, wind direction, and atmospheric stability class.   These data, obtained
from the National Climatic Center, were measured during the years  1973  through
1977 at the Greater Cincinnati Airport/Covington, Kentucky.  This  region  is
located in an area of terrain similar to that of the proposed FCF, about
10 miles southwest of the FCF site.  It should be noted that, for  the FCF
site, these are the most appropriate data available for running the selected
dispersion models.  Given the available information, an in-depth analysis
cannot be conducted of the significance of using meteorological data from  the
Cincinnati Airport area for  the FCF site (i.e., how this  numerically affects
the  results of  the dispersion modeling).

     The result of the air dispersion modeling of long-term, low-level  release
is depicted in  Figure 4-1 as isopleths of unit concentration factors in
micrograms per  cubic meter based  on a gram/second release rate.  The values
plotted represent  the maximum predicted ground level atmospheric concentra-
tions at each point,  taking  into  account all five ISCLT and LONGZ  analyses.
To derive the ground level concentrations of any contaminant in micrograms per
cubic meter,  the unit concentration factors were multiplied by the average
annual release  rate of the particular contaminant (in grams/second).

      In examining  Figure 4-1, it  can be seen that the maximum atmospheric
level occurs very  close  to the  release point, within 70 meters in  the north-
northeast direction, and that values decrease quite rapidly with distance  from
the  source.  Within 150 meters, concentration factors drop by 40 percent;  at
200  meters by 60 percent; and by  250 meters from the point of release,  by  more
than 80 percent.   Maximum values  close  to  the release point were predicted by
the  ISCLT model.   However, further  from  the source, the LONGZ model predic-
tions slightly  exceeded  those of  ISCLT and were  therefore selected in mapping
exposure levels.

     The results of the air  dispersion modeling of long-term, low-level
release for the 10 subject carcinogens are presented in Table 4-6. Table 4-6
also presents estimates of dose to  the maximally exposed  individual.  In
conducting the  worst-case assessment,  the  focus  is determination of  the
                                      4-23

-------
                    500m
     N
Source location is denoted by X
         Figure 4-1.  Annual Average  Unit Concentration Factors  (ug/m3) due  to
                 Emission from the Proposed Full Containment Facility.
                                     4-24

-------
       TABLE 4-6.   EXPOSURE  AND DOSE ESTIMATES FOR SUBJECT CARCINOGENS
                         Maximum Average Annual     Average Daily  Lifetime  Dose
Chemical                 Exposure Level (ug/m  )        (mg/kg  body  weight/day)


Aldrin                         2.8 x ICf5                 8 x 10~9

Benzene                        6.9 x 10"3                 2 x 10~6

Carbon Tetrachloride           2 x 10~2                   5.6 x  10~6

Chloroform                     9.4 x 10~3                 2.7 x  10"6

Chromium VI                    2.2 x 10"3                ' 6.3 x  10~7

Methylene Chloride             4.4 x 10"2                 1.3 x  10"5

PCB                            1.04 x  10"3                3 x 10~7

TCDD                           1.6 x 10"6                 4.7 x  10~10

Tetrachloroethylene            4.9 x 10~3                 1.4 x  10"6

Trichloroethylene              7.9 x 10"3                 2.3 x  10"6
                                     4-25

-------
maximum individual lifetime risk of cancer.  For the purposes of charac-
terizing carcinogenic risk, dose must be expressed in terms of average daily
lifetime exposure, and in the units of milligrams of chemical/kilograms of
body weight/day (see the following section).  It is therefore assumed that
human receptors in the vicinity of the FCF are exposed to the subject
carcinogens over a 70-year period (average human lifetime), that is that  the
facility operates for this period of time and that emissions are constant.
In calculating dose, the following additional assumptions have been made:
(1) breathing rate of 20 cubic meters of air/day; (2) 70 kilograms average
human body weight; and (3) 100 percent availability and absorption of the
subject chemicals by the exposed human receptors.

Risk Characterization
     The procedure for calculating risk of exposure to carcinogenic compounds
is well established (USEPA 1986b,e).  A non-threshold dose-response model is
applied to the results of animal bioassay or human epidemiological studies  to
calculate a carcinogenic potency factor (qx) for each chemical.  The potency
factor is then multiplied by the estimated average daily lifetime dose
experienced by the exposed humans to derive an estimate of risk.  As follows:

                   R = D x carcinogenic potency factor                      (1)

     where D = average daily lifetime dose in units of (mg/kg body weight/day)
     and carcinogenic potency factor in units of (mg/kg body weight/day)"1

R  is an explicit, probabalistic estimate of risk and will have a value between
0  and 1.  Risks may be calculated for the maximally exposed individual and  for
a  population as a whole.  Individual risk estimates express the increased
probability that  the individual will get cancer over a 70-year period given an
average daily lifetime dose.  Population risk estimates (not determined in
this study) are generated by multiplying the individual risk estimate by  the
number of people  exposed at the given average daily lifetime dose.  Population
risk estimates express the incidence of cancer (i.e., number of new cases)  in
the exposed receptor group over a 70-year period.
                                     4-26

-------
     When risks of exposure to more than one carcinogen are to be evaluated,
in the absence of information on antagonistic or synergistic interaction,  the
risks calculated separately for exposure to each subject chemical may be
summed (USEPA 1986e).  As follows:
          j-                                   -.
^ = ^2   P^ x (carcinogenic potency factor).
 i   i=1  L i                                U
                                                                            (2)
where DA = average daily lifetime dose for chemical i
and (carcinogenic potency factor)i = the potency factor (q*) for chemical i.

     The lifetime risk estimates for the maximally exposed individual for the
10 subject carcinogens are summarized in Table 4-7-  Risk estimates are
presented separately for exposure to each of the subject carcinogens, and then
are summarized across all compounds (Total Maximum Lifetime Individual Risk
Estimate) .

     As shown in the table, risk estimates for individual exposure to each of
the subject chemicals are in  the 10"  to 10~8 range except for three
compounds:  Cr+6, PCBs, and TCDD.  The maximum lifetime individual risk
estimates for these chemicals are 2.6 x 10"  , 1.3 x 10" , and 7.1 x 10~  ,
respectively.  The overall (combined) risk estimate, risk summed across  all
compounds, is "driven" by the magnitude of these values.  The total maximum
lifetime individual risk for  the 10 subject  compounds is estimated to be
approximately 1.0 x 10" .  The significance  of these findings is discussed in
Section 4.1.2.1.4 (Interpretation of Results).

4.1.2.1.3  Assessment of Risks of Catastrophic Release/Short-Term Exposure
     In order to evaluate the maximum short-term risks to human health
associated with emission of chemicals from the FCF, it was necessary  to
propose a hypothetical catastrophic release  scenario.  This scenario  then
becomes the basis for exposure assessment and risk characterization.  As
discussed in Section 4.1.2.1.1, it is assumed that a leak has occurred in the
natural gas line to the FCF.  Gas accumulates in the chemical and sample
storage area, ignites, and explodes with sufficient force to cause a  break in
                                     4-27

-------
          TABLE  4-7.   RISK CHARACTERIZATION,  LONG-TERM,  LOW-LEVEL RELEASE
Chemical
Aldrin
Benzene
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Chromium VI
Methylene Chloride
PCBs
TCDD
Tetrachloroethylene
Trichloroethylene
Carcinogenic
Potency Factor
(mg/kg/day)"1
11.4
2.9 x 10~2
1.3 x ICf1
8.1 x 10~2
41
1.4 x 10"2
4.34
1.5 x 105
5.1 x 10"2
1.1 x 10~2
Average Daily Maximum Individual
Lifetime Dose Lifetime Risk
(mg/kg/day) Estimate
8 x 10~9
2 x 10~6
5.6 x 10"6
2.7 x ICf 6
6.3 x 10~7
1.3 x 10"5
3 x 10"7
4.7 x 10~10
1.4 x 10"6
2.3 x 10~6
9.1 x 10~8
5.8 x 10~8
7.3 x 10"7
2.2 x 10~7
2.6 x 10~5
1.8 x 10~7
1.3 x 10"6
7.1 x 10"5
7.1 x 10~8
2.5 x 10""
Combined Maximum Individual
  Lifetime Risk Estimate
•1.0  x  10
         -4
                                       4-28

-------
the facility roof with large scale release of contaminants.  It is further
assumed, that once released, the chemicals become airborne and entrained  in
the air, that no physical/chemical transformation occurs, and that dispersion
of the chemical "cloud" released results in human exposure.

Hazard Identification
     A subset of the chemicals projected to be present at the facility at the
time of explosion has been  selected as  the basis for generating a source  term
for use in dispersion modeling, and in  the subsequent characterization of
adverse acute toxicological effects in  exposed receptors.  Selection of
chemicals for the short-term exposure assessment was based on the inherent
acute  toxicity of the substances under  examination and the quantities
projected to be present at  the FCF on a yearly basis.  The selection was  based
on best professional judgment.  Table 4-8 is a listing of subject chemicals
and quantities present at  the FCF on an annual basis.  The quantities of  each
chemical used as reagent are identified, as well as  the  total amounts present
in waste samples.   (Refer  to Table 4-2  for a listing of  estimated quantities
of waste received at  the FCF on an annual basis.)

Toxicity Assessment
     In evaluating  the risks to human health due to  short-term exposure  to
contaminants released from  the FCF, it  is necessary  to obtain acute  toxicity
endpoints as a basis  for comparison.  Ideally, the  toxicity  endpoint of  choice
for evaluating the  short-term exposure  scenario is  the Acceptable Intake  (AI)
for acute toxicity  via inhalation.  The EPA Environmental Criteria and
Assessment Office  (ECAO) of the Office  of Research  and Development was
consulted in order  to obtain appropriate  toxicity endpoints  for  the  selected
compounds.  Currently, however, acute AIs are not available, and no  accepted
methods have been proposed  for generating the values  (Personal communication,
Michael Dourson August,  1986).  A limited number of  inhalation AIs  (ref.) are
available for subchonic  and chronic inhalation exposure, but these do not
comprehensively cover all  of the subject  compounds  selected.

     In the absence of appropriate acute  AI values,  and  given  that  the
anticipated exposure  period is on  the order of hours  and not days or weeks
                                      4-29

-------
TABLE 4-8.  TOTAL QUANTITIES OF SUBJECT CTOffCALS HAICLED AMWALU AT THE PCF:  CATASTROPHIC KEIEASE
Compound Name3 Quantity of chemicals Concentrations/Total Quantities of Chemicals in Waste Samples Handled by
kept on hand as liquid PCF on Yearly Basisb'c'd'"
solvent or as reagent
chemicals, g/yr
Contaminated liquids Industrial process
and solids, waste water, municipal
Contaminated Surface oils and solvents, wastewater, and
Contaminated Soils Water and Groundwater leachate (1700 industrial waste-

Aldrin
Beryllium Compounds
Cadmium
Carbon Tetrachloride
Hexychlorocyclo-
pentadiene
Methylene chloride
Potassium cyanide
Styrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Trichlorobenzene

13
120
150
12000
1000

26000
400
1000
1000
500
(55kg/yr>
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g

10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
10 ppa/0.55 g
10 ppn/0.55 g
(1100 kg/yr)
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g

10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g
10 ppn/11 g
kg/yr)
2 ppn/3.4 g
1.2 ppn/2.0 g
14 ppn/23.8 g
342 ppn/581.4 g
59 ppn/100.3 g

780.8 ppn/1327 g
300 ppm/510 g
1742.2 ppn/2962 g
1345.3 ppn/2287 g
67 ppn/113.9 g
water (3300 kg/yr)
no data/ 0.0
no data/ 0.0
0.019 ppn/0.063 g
0.007 ppn/0.023 g
no data/ 0.0

1.079 ppn/3.6 g
0.318 ppn/1.05 g
no data/ 0.0
0.018 ppn/0.059 g
0.003 ppn/0.010 g
Total Contam- Total
inant in waste Annual
g/yre Quantity
g

14.95
13.55
35.41
615.95
111.85

1342.15
522.60
2973.55
2298.61
125.46

27.95
133.55
185.41
12615.95
1111.85

27342.15
922.60
3973.55
3298.61
625.46

-------
a)  list of chemicals compiled from information supplied by EPA:  Winter (03/07/86); Dobbs (03/03/86); Lichtenberg (03/06/86); LLchtenberg and Winter
    (02/28/86).

b)  Quantities taken fron information received in a) above and from:  liberick (02/28/86); Winter (01730/86).  Where liquid volumes vere given, an average
    density of 5 kg/gallon vas assameri.  Maximum estimate of quantity was used when a range was given.

c)  Concentrations in contaminated liquids and solids, waste oils and solvents, and leachates taken from Blackman et al. (1984).

d)  Concentrations for industrial process waters, municipal wastewaters, and industrial wastewaters taken from USEPA (1986a) and SAIC (1985).

e)  No data were found on levels of subject chemicals in sea water (1650 kg/yr handled at the FCF).  Concentrations were therefore assumed to be zero.

-------
(see the following section - Exposure Assessment), ECAO agreed that  the
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Short-Term
Exposure Limits (STELs) may be appropriately used.  ECAO suggested  that  the
STELs be modified by an uncertainty factor of 10  to account for interhuman
variability to the toxicity of the chemical in lieu of chemical-specific data.
When STEL values were not available, ECAO advised that*the new ACGIH excursion
limit recommendations should be adopted for evaluating short-term exposures
(ACGIH 1986/87).  The ACGIH excursion limit recommendation is defined  as 3
times the TLV (Threshold Limit Value) for no more than a total of 30 minutes
during the work day and under no circumstances more than 5 times the TLV.  In
the FCF EIS, 3 tim<;s the TLV was chosen as the most conservative measure.
Further, this value was modified (i.e.; divided)  by an uncertainty  factor of
10  (as was similarly done for the available STEL  values)'to reflect  interhuman
variability to the toxicity of the chemical in lieu of chemical-specific data.
The modified toxicity endpoints for the selected  subject compounds  are
presented in Table 4-9.

Exposure Assessment
     The exposure assessment for the short-term catastrophic release scenario
consists of three major components:  (1) developing estimates of release rates
                                                                       !
associated with an explosion at the FCF; <2) selection and application of
atmospheric transport models to estimate ambient  environmental levels  of the
subject compounds; and (3) quantification of maximum short-term exposure
levels.

     For the catastrophic release scenario, it has been assumed that the total
quantities of the subject compounds present at the FCF are released  to,  and
entrained in the atmosphere following an explosion.  For the purposes  of
transport modeling (discussed below), release rates must be defined  in terms
of mass emitted to the atmosphere each second over a one-hour period.  We have
therefore apportioned the total quantity of subject chemical present at  the
facility (Table 4-8) over a one-hour period (3600 seconds) to derive an
estimate of grams released/second.  The explosion is not treated in an
absolute sense as an instantaneous release, but in essence, a large scale,
total loss of contaminants over a one-hour period.  The release rates  are
summarized in Table 4-10.
                                     4-32

-------
             TABLE 4-9.   TOXICITY ENDPOINTS FOR SUBJECT COMPOUND-
                         SHORT-TERM, CATASTROPHIC RELEASE
                                                   Modified Toxicity Endpoint'
                             Toxicity Endpoint*    (Uncertainty Factor of 10)
Chemical                         (ug/m )                    (ug/m )
Aldrin
Beryllium Compounds
Cadmium Powder
Carbon Tetrachloride
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Methylene Chloride
Potassium Cyanide
Styrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Trichlorobenzene
750
6
150
9 x 104
300
1.74 x 106
1.5 x 104
4.25 x 105b
1.34 x 106b
1.2 x 105
75
0.6
15
9 x 10
30
1.74 x
1.5 x
4.25 x
1.34 x
1.2 x


3

105
103
104
105
10"
"American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygenists 1986/87 (ACGIH) new
 excursion limit recommendations for short-term exposure is 3 x TLV for no
 more than a total of 30 minutes during the work day and under no
 circumstances more than 5 x TLV.  When toxicological data are available to
 establish a Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL - 15-minute time-weight average
 not to be exceeded at any time during work day), this value takes precedence
 over the excursion limit.  Values present are excursion limits calculated as
 3 x TLV except for chemicals so noted.

bSTEL:  ACGIH Short-Term Exposure Limits 1986/87.

cModified Toxicity Endpoint:  Toxicity Endpoint/10 to reflect interhuman
 variability in response to exposure to toxicants in lieu of chemical-specific
 data.
                                     4-33

-------
     Air dispersion modeling for the short-term, catastrophic release was
conducted using PTPLU (USEPA 1984a), an EPA-approved screening level air
quality model.   PTPLU is an improved version of PTMAX, a steady-state/
straight-line Gaussian plume model that predicts maximum short-term
atmospheric concentrations from a single point source as a function of
atmospheric stability and wind speed.  Using PTPLU, one-hour X/Q estimates
(the ratio of concentration over emission rate in units of sec/m ) may be
determined using both constant wind speed with height and wind speed profile
exponents.  PTPLU may therefore be used to evaluate ground-level ambient
atmospheric concentrations under worst-case meteorological conditions. PTPLU
is a flat, terrain model, but its use can be justified because maximum exposure
concentrations are shown to occur very close to the source of release (see
discussion below), where terrain variations are minor.

     The PTPLU model was used to model a hypothetical explosion at the FCF.
Only rough estimates are available of the exit conditions associated with an
explosion of sufficient force to penetrate the exterior of the proposed FCF.
Three cases have been considered, and the PTPLU model was run using input from
each of these,  to determine the worst-case maximum exposure levels.  The three
cases differ in the extent of structure penetration (i.e., the width of the
exit fracture and height of the lofting of the contaminants/plume) and in the
temperature and velocity of the blast emission.

     •  Case 1;  15-meter effective stack height, 3-meter stack (fracture)
        width,  1000°K temperature, 20-meter/second exit velocity
     •  Case 2;  20-meter effective stack height, 3-meter stack width, 1000°K
        temperature, and 20-meter/second exit velocity
     •  Case 3;  30-meter effective stack height, 5-meter stack width, 2000°K
        temperature, and 30-meter/second exit velocity.

In addition to these three cases, PTPLU was run three times to simulate
summer, winter, and annual average meteorological conditions (variations in
mixing height and ambient temperature).

     The results of the air dispersion model using PTPLU (at a set emission
rate of 1 g/sec) indicated that the maximum X/Q values were associated with
                                     4-34

-------
           TABLE 4-10.  RELEASE RATES AND MAXIMUM EXPOSURE LEVELS-
                        SHORT-TERM,  CATASTROPHIC RELEASE
Chemical
Aldrin
Beryllium
Cadmium
Carbon Tetrachloride
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Methylene Chloride
Potassium Cyanide
Styrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Trichlorobenzene
Release Rate
(g/sec)
7.8 x 10"3
3.7 x 10~2
5.2 x 10~2
3.5
3.1 x 10'1
7.6
2.6 x 10"1
1.1
9.2 x 10"1
1.7 x 10'1
Maximum One Hour*
Exposure Level (ug/m )
0.03
0.14
0.19
12.95
1.15
28.12
0.96
4.07
3.40
0.63
*At a distance of 0.27 km from the point of release.  Worst-case conditions;
 15 m effective stack height, stability class 3, wind speed 16.3 m/sec,
 summer.
                                     4-35

-------
Case 1 above, during summer conditions.  Table 4-11.presents  the  results  of
this run.  As shown, the maximum X/Q value was 3.7 x 10~6 at  a distance of
approximately 0.3 kilometers from the source of release.  This ambient concen-
tration is associated with a wind speed of 16.3 meters/second; and  an
atmospheric stability class 3.  In order to determine  the exposure
concentration for each subject chemical, this X/Q value is simply multiplied
by the release rate for each compound under investigation.

     PTPLU models one-hour exposure concentrations following  a one-hour period
of release.  As noted previously, in order to generate release rates for  the
subject chemicals,  the total quantity of a given contaminant  at the facility
was assumed  to be released over a one-hour period following the hypothetical
explosion at the FCF.  The release rates presented in Table 4-10  were thus
multiplied by the X/Q value of 3.7 x 10~6 to yield the estimate of  maximum
exposure concentration.

Risk Characterization
     Characterization of noncarcinogenic risks of exposure to toxicants is
accomplished by comparing estimated exposure levels to a selected acceptable
toxicity limit for  the compound under consideration (USEPA 1986c).  This
method, often referred to as the quotient method, is based on the assumption
that, for noncarcinogenic effects, there is a threshold exposure  level below
which adverse toxicological effects are not anticipated to occur.   Risk of
noncarcinogenic effects is characterized as follows:

           R = E/AI                                                         (2)

where      E = expected exposure and
          AI = an acceptable toxicity limit.

The factor R is not a probabilistic estimate of the likelihood of adverse
  V"
health effects (as  is the case for the assessment of carcinogens).  In this
case, the value of R will vary from <1 to >1.  If R is >1, then adverse health
effects in exposed  receptor groups may be anticipated.  It is important to
recognize that, depending upon the selection of the acceptable limits, risk
                                     4-36

-------
          FTPLU  VERSION  80021,  TOM PIERCE AND BRUCE TURNER :  ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATIONS BRANCH
          EPA CINCINNATI —  SUMMER CONDITIONS — ONE-HOUR RELEASE

          OPTIONS 1=YES  USE  THE OPTION 0=NO DO NOT USE THE OPTION
          IOPT(1) = 1 (COMPUTE  GRADUAL PLUME RISE)              AMBIENT AIR TEMP = 303.00 (DEC, K)
          IOPT(2) = 1 (COMPUTE  STACK DOWNWASH)                  WIND EXPONENTS = 0.10  0.15  0.20  0.25  0.30  0.30
          IOPT(3) = 1 (COMPUTE  INITIAL PLUME SIZE)              ANEMOMETER HT = 10.00 (METERS)
                    IF = 1 USE  PASQUILLS RECOMMENDATION
-P-
i
U)
EMISSION RATE =1.00 (G/SEC)
STACK TEMP = 1000.00 (DEG.K)
STACK DIAM =3.00 (METERS)
MIXING HT = 1700.0 (METERS)
                                         SOURCE PARAMETERS
PHYSICAL STACK HEIGHT =15.00 (METERS)
STACK EXIT VELOCITY =20.00 (M/SEC)
VOLUME FLOW = (141.37 (CU M/SEC)
RECEPTOR HT = 0.00 (METERS)
                                       TABLE 4-11.  MAXIMUM ONE-HOUR EXPOSURE LEVELS -
                             ANALYSIS OF CONCENTRATION AS A FUNCTION OF STABILITY AND WIND SPEED

                                                                       ****EXTRAPOLATED WINDS****
IILITY WIND SPEED MAX CONG
(M/SEC) (G/CU M)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
0.50
0.80
2.4124E-07
5.1865E-07
4.7275E-07
4.8964E-07
7.2327E-07
9.5285E-07
1.1728E-06
2.3989E-07
2.2640E-07
DIST OF MAX
(KM)
0.011
1.805
1.736
1.000
0.826
0.716
0.639
0.011
8.809
PLUME RISE
(M)
115.3
1519.9(2)
1218.9(2)
735.5(2)
490.0(2)
360.4(2)
281.8(2)
115.3
1519.9(2)
WIND SPEED MAX CONC DIST OF MAX
(M/SEC) (G/CU M) (KM)
0.52
0.83
1.04
1.56
2.08
2.60
3.12
0.53
0.85
2.3199E-07
5.1034E-07
4.6467E-07
5.1852E-07
7.6176E-07
9.9925E-07
1.2255E-06
2.2622E-07
2.1595E-07
0.011
1.797
1.715
0.973
0.805
0.698
0.623
0.012
8.680
PLUME RISE
(M)
111.3
1460.1(2)
1171.1(2)
694.4(2)
463.4(2)
341.1(2)
266.9(2)
115.5
1431.1(2)

-------
                TABLE 4-11.  MAXIMUM ONE-HOUR EXPOSURE LEVELS -
ANALYSIS OF CONCENTRATION A3 A JUNCTION OF STABILITY AND WIND SPEED (continued)

                                                ****EXTRAPOLATED WINDS****
STABILITY WIND SPEED MAX CONC
(M/SEC) (G/CU M)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
i
U)
oo 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
5.00
7.00
10.00
12.00
15.00
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.9534E-07
2.2671E-07
2.8439E-07
3.3830E-07
3.8905E-07
4.8285E-07
6.8256E-07
1.9738E-07
2.4245E-07
2.8630E-07
3.7051E-07
4.5040E-07
5.9833E-07
1.3413E-06
1.9554E-06
3.1244E-06
2.3796E-07
1.4985E-07
1.2085E-07
DIST OF MAX
(KM)
7.861
4.465
3.437
2.814
2.393
1.859
0.537
7.603
6.000
4.953
3.670
2.920
2.083
0.400
0.360
0.296
0.011
0.022
0.030
PLUME RISE
(M)
1218.9(2)
817.6(2)
616.9(2)
496.6(2)
416.3(2)
316.0(2)
157.5
616.9(2)
496.6(2)
416.3(2)
316.0(2)
255.8(2)
187.0
73.5
60.5
45.9
115.3
117-8
116.9
WIND SPEED MAX CONC DIST OF MAX
(M/SEC) (G/CU M) (KM)
1.06
1.59
2.13
2.66
3.19
4.25
5.31
2.17
2.71
3.25
4.34
5.42
7.59
10.84
13.01
16.27
0.55
0.89
1.11
1.9122E-07
2.3786E-07
2.9824E-07
3.5452E-07
4.0743E-07
5.0499E-07
7.8999E-07
2.1275E-07
2.6112E-07
3.0806E-07
3.9797E-07
4.8292E-07
6.8387E-07
1.5980E-06
2.2672E-06
3.7356E-06
2.1512E-07
1.3583E-07
1.0980E-07
7.284
4.221
3.254
2.666
2.268
1.763
0.510
6.973
5.507
4.549
3.376
2.690
0.455
0.382
0.343
0.271
0.012
0.025
0.035
PLUME RISE
(M)
1147.9(2)
770.2(2)
581.4(2)
468.1(2)
392.6(2)
298.2(2)
144.6
570.1(2)
459.0(2)
385.0(2)
292.5(2)
237.0(2)
99.0
67.3
55.6
41.1
111.5
116.5
117.4

-------
                TABLE 4-11.  MAXIMUM ONE-HOUR EXPOSURE LEVELS -
ANALYSIS OF CONCENTRATION AS A FUNCTION OF STABILITY AND WIND SPEED (continued)

                                                ****EXTRAPOLATED WINDS****
STABILITY WIND SPEED MAX CONG
(M/SEC) (G/CU M)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
f 4
Ld
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
5.00
7.00
10.00
12.00
15.00
20.00
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
5.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
8.3329E-08
6.6100E-08
6.8598E-08
8.9315E-08
1.3478E-07
1.8420E-07
2.8287E-07
4.3569E-07
5.3636E-07
7.4524E-07
1.7902E-06
6.6911E-07
6.4862E-07
6.2796E-07
5.9478E-07
5.6932E-07
4.8927E-07
5.0545E-07
5.1547E-07
5.1894E-07
DIST OF MAX
(KM)
0.056
0.087
29.998
22.189
13.758
10.001
6.133
3.681
2.993
0.548
0.410
10.979
10.000
9.456
8.030
7.108
25.239
18.169
15.000
15.000
PLUME RISE
(M)
119.1
120.2
496.6(2)
416.3(2)
316.0(2)
255.8(2)
187.0
135.4
115.3
62.2
41.8
176.0
164.5
155.7
142.8
133.6
183.4
162.1
148.6
139.0
WIND SPEED MAX CONG DIST OF MAX
(M/SEC) (G/CU M) (KM)
1.66
2.21
2.77
3.32
4.43
5.53
7.75
11.07
13.28
16.60
22.13
2.26
2.82
3.39
4.52
5.65
1.13
1.69
2.26
2.82
7.6458E-08
6.1639E-08
7 . 9459E-08
1.0333E-07
1.5552E-07
2 . 1000E-07
3.2068E-07
4.8996E-07
5.9572E-07
1.0319E-06
2.3480E-06
6.5821E-07
6.3501E-07
6.1388E-07
5.8087E-07
5.5554E-07
4.9434E-07
5.0987E-07
5.1811E-07
5.1820E-07
0.066
1.102
25.418
18.719
11.648
8.694
5.291
3.198
2.630
0.496
0.369
10.186
9.783
8.829
7.511
6.645
22.819
16.538
15.000
15.000
PLUME RISE
(M)
120.2
120.8
450.1(2)
377.6(2)
287.0(2)
232.6(2)
170.4
123.8
105.7
53.9
36.5
169.6
158.5
150.1
137.7
128.9
176.7
156.2
143.3
134.1

-------
                             TABLE 4-11.  MAXIMUM ONE-HOUR EXPOSURE LEVELS -
             ANALYSIS OF CONCENTRATION AS A  FUNCTION OF STABILITY AND WIND SPEED (continued)

                                                             ****EXTRAPOLATED VTNDS****
STABILITY  WIND SPEED  MAX CONC   DIST OF MAX  PLUME RISE  WIND SPEED  MAX CONG  DIST OF MAX  PLUME RISE
            (M/SEC)    (G/CU M)       (KM)         (M)      (M/SEC)     (G/CU M)      (KM)         (M)

    6        3.00    5.1709E-07

    6        4.00    5.0510E-07

    6        5.00    4.9202E-07
15.000
14.668
12.726
131.71
121.1
113.5
3.39
4.52
5.65
5.1337E-07
4.9805E-07
4.8464E-07
15.000
13.580
11.788
127.1
116.8
109.5
*-

o
(1)  NO COMPUTATION WAS ATTEMPTED, AS THE DISTANCE TO THE POINT OF MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION IS SO GREAT THAT
        THE SAME STABILITY IS NOT LIKELY TO PERSIST LONG ENOUGH FOR THE PLUME TO TRAVEL THIS FAR.

(2)  THE PLUME IS OF SUFFICIENT HEIGHT THAT EXTREME CAUTION SHOULD BE USED IN INTERPRETING THIS
        COMPUTATION, AS THIS STABILITY TYPE MAY NOT EXIST AT THIS HEIGHT.  ALSO, WIND SPEED VARIATIONS
        WITH HEIGHT MAY EXERT A DOMINATING INFLUENCE.

(3)  NO COMPUTATION WAS ATTEMPTED FOR THIS HEIGHT, .AS THE POINT OF MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION IS GREATER THAN
        100 KILOMETERS FROM THE SOURCE.

-------
characterization using equation (2) above may be used to evaluate a full
spectrum of health effects ranging from eye/throat irritation, to central
nervous system effects, to mortality.

     In the assessment of the FCF, we have selected very conservative toxicity
limits for use in risk characterization.  As discussed in the section on
toxicity assessment, STEL or ACGIH excursion limit recommendations were
chosen.  These toxicity endpoints, when exceeded for a short period of time,
would be associated with minor, reversible health effects in exposed
individuals—for example, eye, nose, or throat irritation, dizziness, mild
nausea.  These limits should thus be considered as "trigger levels" indicating
concern for potential adverse effects.  Taking the advice of ECAO, these
limits, which already incorporate safety factors, were reduced further, by a
factor of 10 to account for the uncertainty/interhuman variability.

     Table 4-12 summarizes the risks of short-term, catastrophic release of
contaminants for the FCF.  As shown, the toxicity limits were not exceeded
(R < 1) for any of  the subject compounds.  The significance of this result is
discussed in the section that follows.

4.1.2.1.A  Interpretation of the Results of the Risk Assessment
     Before discussing the results of the risk characterization for long-term,
low-level release,  and short-term catastrophic release of contaminants, it is
important to review the key assumptions made in this study.

Assumptions Concerning Release of Contaminants for the FCF - Long-Term,
Low-Level Release
     •  The total quantity of a given compound present at the FCF on a yearly
        basis was estimated using EPA information on amounts present as
        reagent, solvent, standards, and projected quantities present in waste
        samples (see Appendix A).
     •  The total annual quantity of subject chemicals present at the FCF as
        reagent, solvent, or contaminant in waste samples is the amount
        released to the air filtering system over a one-year period (i.e.,
        none of the subject chemicals end up in liquid wastes).
     •  The air filtering system (HEPA and HEGA filters) removes none (0.0
        percent) of the contaminants present in the exhaust air.
                                     4-41

-------
    TABLE 4-12.  RISK CHARACTERIZATION - SHORT-TERM, CATASTROPHIC  RELEASE
Chemical
Maximum One
Hour Exposure
Level (ug/m )
Modified
Toxicity
Endpoint
(ug/m3)
     Risk
Characterization
   Exposure/
 Toxicity Limit
Exceeds
Toxicity
 Limits
Aldrin

Beryllium Compounds

Cadmium Powder

Carbon Tetrachloride

Hexachlorocyclopentadiene

Methylene Chloride

Potassium Cyanide

Styrene

Tetrachloroethylene

Trichlorobenzene
     0.03

     0.14

     0.19

    12.95

     1.15

    28.12

     0.96

     4.07

     3.40

     0.63
   75

    0.6

   15

  9 x 103

   30

  1.74 x 105

  1.5 x 103

  4.25 x 104

  1.34 x 105

  1.2 x 104
      0.0004

      0.233

      0.013

      0.001

      0.038

      0.0002

      0.0006

     <0.0001

     <0.0001

     <0.0001
   No

   No

   No

   No

   No

   No

   No

   No

   No

   No
                                     4-42

-------
     •  Release from the FCF is constant and continuous occurring 24 hours a
        day, 365 days a year, for 70 years.

Assumptions Concerning Release of Contaminants from the FCF - Catastrophic
Release                        ~~                                "

     •  The total quantity of the subject chemicals present at the FCF as
        reagent, solvent, or contaminant in waste samples is the amount
        released following an explosion at the facility.

     •  This release occurs over a one-hour period.

     •  The hypothetical explosion in  the roof of the FCF creates an opening
        (fracture) 3 meters in diameter and carries a "cloud" of contaminants
        to a height of 15 meters above ground level (the effective stack
        height).

     •  The exit temperature and velocity were 1000°K and 20 meters/second,
        respectively.

Assumptions Relating to Exposure Assessment

     •  Once released  to the atmosphere, the subject chemicals remain aloft/
        entrained in the air while atmospheric dispersion occurs; that is, no
        settling or wash-out of contaminants is assumed.

     •  All subject chemicals are treated as conservative; that is, no
        physical, chemical, or biological transformation occurs.

     •  The exposure levels of concern in this public health assessment are
        the ground-level, ambient atmospheric concentrations experienced by
        the maximally  exposed individual.  In order to conduct a worst-case
        assessment, these values were  chosen even though the maximum exposure
        levels  are clearly "out-liers" and the range of estimated values span
        more than an order of magnitude.

     •  For the long-term, low-level release scenario, dose was characterized
        for the adult  male by converting the maximum exposure level to an
        average daily  lifetime dose, assuming 70 kilograms body weight, and a
        breathing rate of 20 cubic meters a day.  The maximally exposed
        individual was assumed to experience the average daily lifetime dose
        for 70  years (lifetime).

     •  In  the  short-term, catastrophic release scenario, maximum one-hour
        exposure concentrations were determined for each subject chemical, and
        these values were used in assessing noncarcinogenic risks.  It was not
        necessary to determine dose here, because risk characterization
        consists of comparison with acceptable exposure levels.

Assumption Relating to Toxicity Assessment and Risk Characterization

     •  The selection  of subject compounds as the focus of  the public health
        assessment (i.e., a subset of  universe of chemicals handled at  the
        FCF) is an adequate basis for  characterizing risks associated with
        operation of the FCF.
                                     4-43

-------
     It is clear from the above assumptions that the focus of the assessment
is a worst-case evaluation of potential risks to human health.  Limitations in
the data available to characterize (1) the activities at the FCF, (2) the
substances handled (nature and quantity),  (3) the loss of chemicals to the air
filtering system,  (4) the influence of the HEPA and HEGA filters over time on
contaminant pass through, and (5) the release of chemicals to the atmosphere,
justify the use of worst-case assessment.   If this assessment demonstrates
that the risks to human health are acceptable, then no further evaluation need
be conducted.

     Risk characterization of long-term,  low-level release of the subject
carcinogens indicated a total maximum individual lifetime risk estimate of 1.0
x 10~4.  This can be viewed as an increased probability of 1 in 10,000 that an
individual will get cancer following exposure over a 70-year period
(lifetime).  The magnitude of this value is "driven" by the risk estimates for
three of the subject carcinogens:  TCDD (dioxin), PCBs, and chromium VI (the
total maximum individual lifetime risk for the other eight chemicals is 1.4 x
10~6).  There is no demonstrably safe level of exposure to carcinogens, that
is, an exposure level carrying no risk of cancer.  In the EPA Superfund
Program, the 10"  risk level is recommended as a target level for public
health assessment with a range of 10~7 to 10~4 considered acceptable in the
selection of remedial action alternatives of hazardous waste sites (Zamuda et
al. 1986).  Ultimately, the decision of acceptability rests with the public
and the responsible regulatory agency.  Given the assumptions made in
conducting the worst-case assessment, however, the results of analysis for the
FCF indicate no substantial increase in cancer risks for the maximally exposed
individual living in the vicinity of the facility.

     The finding of no substantial increase in cancer risks due to long-term,
low-level release of chemicals from the FCF is based upon a number of
considerations.  First, the maximum individual lifetime risk estimates are
based upon the single highest predicted ground-level atmospheric concentration
in the vicinity of the facility (i.e., at 70 meters north-northeast).  The
concentrations of chemicals released are anticipated to decrease, however, by
more than 80 percent within a distance of 250 meters (approximately 820 feet)
from the FCF.  Further, all the chemicals projected to be released from the
                                     4-44

-------
facility were treated as conservative, that is, that physical/chemical  trans-
formation processes would remove none of the compounds from the ambient air.
Finally, and of greatest importance are the assumptions that the total  annual
quantity of the subject chemicals present within the FCF would be released  to
the air filtering system over a one-year period and that there is no removal
(0 percent) of contaminants from the exhaust air stream.

     The assumption that a given chemical used within the FCF would be
completely lost to the filtering system is unrealistic for all but the  most
highly volatile compounds.  The argument can be made for compounds with a high
vapor pressure such as methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, carbon
tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, and tetrachloroethylene (vapor pressures  of
362.4, 150.5, 95.2, 90, 57.9, and 14 mmHg, respectively).  But for PCBs,
chromium metal, and TCDD (vapor pressures 10~3 to 10~5, <10~5, and 7.4  x 10~10
mmHg, respectively),  this assumption is very unrealistic.  In laboratory use,
TCDD will readily adsorb to particulate matter, and the only substantial
movement of the compound through the air would be on the surface of
particulates.  The same applies to  PCBs and chromium, although a small
percentage of the total amount of chromium metal may be released to the
atmosphere as metal fume from analytical instrumentation.

     Thus, only a fraction of the total amount of TCDD, PCBs, and chromium  VI
present at the FCF is likely  to be  lost to the air filtering system, and this
would be as particulates.  The HEPA filter in  the proposed FCF is indicated to
be 99.99 percent efficient (USEPA 1985a, 1986a or b).  Therefore, the  final
quantity of TCDD, PCBs, and chromium VI on particulates that might be  released
to the atmosphere would be further  reduced to  a great extent.  If we estimate
that only one percent of the  total  annual quantity of TCDD, PCBs, and  chromium
VI present at the FCF is lost to the air filtering system, and that only one
percent of this amount passes through  the HEPA filter (both conservative
assumptions), then atmospheric release  rates and subsequent individual risk
estimates would be reduced by four  orders of magnitudes.  The combined maximum
individual lifetime risk estimate for TCDD, PCBs, and chromium VI would be
approximately 1 x 10~ .
                                     4-45

-------
     For the purpose of comparison, it is helpful to examine "background"
inhalation cancer risks associated with the urban environment.  EPA recently
completed a study of airborne carcinogens and the magnitude and nature of the
air toxics problem in the United States.  It was found that, in urban areas,
the additive lifetime individual cancer risk attributable to simultaneous
exposure to 10 to 15 pollutants ranged from 10~3 to 10~4 (Berry 1986).  These
EPA estimates were determined using actual monitoring data.  They are not
source-specific but represent a portion of the total risk associated with the
complex mixture of contaminants typical of urban ambient air.

     In evaluating noncarcinogenic risks to human health associated with the
catastrophic release of chemicals, the results of analysis indicate that none
of the predicted maximum worst-case one-hour exposure levels was found to
exceed the very conservative, modified toxicity endpoints selected [i.e.,
STEL/10 or (3 x TLV)/10].  Given this result, the noncarcinogenic risks to
human health associated with catastrophic release of contaminants from the FCF
are considered acceptable.

4.1.2.2  Land Use/Demography
     Once the FCF is built, operation of the facility is not anticipated to
result in any measurable impacts on surrounding land uses, development, or
population characteristics.  Overall, a maximum of only 6 to 15 new staff
would join AWBERC in order to work at the FCF.  However, most of the antic-
ipated new FCF staff already work in other parts of AWBERC.  No secondary land
use or demographic effects are expected as a result of operating the FCF.  It
would not result in any significant change in overall land use in the area,
since the university-medical complex already contains numerous laboratories of
various kinds.

A. 1.2.3  Transportation
     Because of the small number of people expected to work at the FCF, no
significant transportation impacts are anticipated due to staff commuting
needs.  Sufficient parking for any new personnel is available on the AWBERC
grounds.
                                     4-46

-------
     Based on the EPA estimates of  the  total amounts of material  that will  be
transported to the facility  (see Section 4.1.2.1.1 on Hazardous Identifica-
tion, above), no noticeable  impacts on  local traffic patterns are anticipated.
EPA expects that samples delivered  to the FCF will arrive from many sources,
in particular from Greater Cincinnati Airport (by van or other small delivery
vehicle) via 1-75 and 1-71.  It is  unlikely that more than one or two samples
or chemical deliveries destined for the FCF would take place on any given
working day.

     The small samples of hazardous and toxic materials, as well as toxic or
hazardous laboratory chemicals, would be packed to minimize the potential of
any toxic release to environment during transportation to the FCF.  Packing
and labelling will comply with Federal  Department of Transportation and EPA
requirements, described in 49 CFR Parts 100 to 179 and 40 CFR part 263.  These
packing requirements provide protection against release of transported
compounds in the event of accidents during transport.  In addition, shipping,
packing, and other handling  would comply with rules of any common carriers or
courier services delivering  materials to the AWBERC facility.

     All available measures  would be taken to minimize the potential for a
toxic release to the environment resulting from an accident.  Mitigation
measures are described in Section 4.2.2 below.

4.2  MITIGATION OF ADVERSE IMPACTS

4.2.1  Mitigation of Construction Impacts
     Standard mitigation practices will be implemented during the construction
phase, including erosion and noise  control measures, visual barriers, and
construction traffic control.

4.2.2  Mitigation of Operational Impacts
     In this section, potential environmental impacts resulting from the
operation of the EPA Hazardous Waste Engineering Laboratory will be discussed.
Alternative strategies will  be proposed for mitigation of operational impacts.
                                     4-47

-------
The potential environmental impacts resulting from the operation of  the  EPA
laboratory have been delineated as follows:

     •  Potential impacts to public health - release of  toxic substances to
        the atmosphere
     •  Potential impacts to human health and aquatic life - release of  toxic
        substances to the Mill Creek POTW
     •  Potential impacts to laboratory workers - hazardous waste  storage
        accidents
     •  Potential impacts to laboratory workers - chemical storage accidents.

4.2.2.1  Potential Impacts to Public Health - Release of Toxic  Substances to
         the Atmosphere
     Potential impacts to public health has been discussed in Section 4.1.2.1.
EPA will implement procedures outlined in the Toxic Substance Control Manual
(USEPA 1982) to mitigate potential exposure.

4.2.2.2  Potential Impacts to Human Health and Aquatic Life - Release of Toxic
         Substances  to the Mill Creek POTW
     As the proposed EPA laboratory will have laboratory sinks  directly
connected  to the Cincinnati sewer system, the possibility exists for labora-
tory chemicals to be accidentally discharged to that system.  Such spills
could have potential adverse impacts on the city's sewage collection system,
operation of the city's Mill Creek POTW, water quality of the Mill Creek
POTW's receiving stream (Ohio River), and the quality of the sludge  generated
by the POTW's treatment processes.

     It is not anticipated that laboratory chemicals could be accidentally
spilled into laboratory sinks in sufficient quantities to cause explosive
and/or toxic levels  to accumulate in the city sewer.  Risk to city sewer
workers are therefore minimal.

     The Cincinnati  Mill Creek POTW is a conventional secondary wastewater
plant designed to receive 120 MGD of wastewater.  Owing  to design  limitations
for sludge handling, however, full secondary treatment is only  provided  for
20 to 25 MGD.  The remainder presently receives primary  treatment  only.   The
                                     4-48

-------
Mill Creek POTW discharges all treated wastewaters to the Ohio River.  Sludge
wastes from the POTW's sludge return line is subjected to anaerobic digestion,
heat treatment, vacuum filtration, and incineration, in sequence.

     Given the effect of dilution (to 120 MGD), it is expected that discharges
of small amounts of  toxic substances by the EPA laboratory would not be
detectable at  the Mill Creek POTW or its receiving stream, nor would any
discernable impact to biological  treatment systems be expected.

4.2.2.3  Potential Impacts to Laboratory Workers - Hazardous Waste Storage
         Accidents
     The proposed practice of hazardous waste  storage within the laboratory
itself does pose certain risks to laboratory workers.  Chemicals of high
toxicity, reactivity, flammability, and/or explosivity may be stored for
extended periods of  time in the laboratory's hazardous waste storage area.
Development of safety procedures  for handling  and working around these
hazardous wastes will be difficult, as exact compositional data for these
wastes will not be available.

4.2.2.4  Potential Impacts to Laboratory Workers - Chemical Storage Accidents
     The chemical storage area proposed for the laboratory facility appears
quite small in Figure 2-2.  It is possible, therefore, that reactive chemicals
may be stored  in close proximity  to each other within the storeroom, enhancing
the possibility of accidental spills, fires, and explosions.  To the extent
feasible within the  physical constraints of the facility, reactive chemicals
should be stored in  a secure manner.  Oxidants should not be stored next  to
reductants acids should be kept away from bases, and so on.  Reactive chemical
liquids such as sulfuric acid should be stored on lower shelves within the
storeroom, and the higher shelves should be reserved for more inert chemicals.

4.2.2.5  Potential Impacts to Populations Along Transportation Routes
     Based on  information provided by the City of Cincinnati's Planning
Department and Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana Regional  Council of Governments  (OKI),  it
appears that the routes from the  airport and from interstate highways shown  in
Figure 3-5 are, in fact, the routes that would minimize  the potential for
                                     4-49

-------
accidental release of toxic materials to the environment (Larry Annett,
Cincinnati City Planning Department, March 1986; Ann Gordon, OKI, March  1986).
It is important to note that any toxic or hazardous samples being transported
to the FCF will be in extremely small quantities.  Environmental samples in
55-gallon quantities such as sea water, surface water, groundwater,  and
industrial or municipal wastewater will be received biannually.  All samples
will be packed and handled according to standard methods designed to minimize
container breakage and contain any leakage within the package  to be  delivered
to the FCF.  These methods are specified in DOT and EPA requirements for
packaging and transporting hazardous materials.  All packages  will also  be
labelled to facilitate cleanup in the event that packaging is  severely
damaged.  Required packaging should be able to withstand most  vehicular
collisions but may result in some release if exposed to a protracted fire or
explosion on the road.

     In the event of a vehicular accident along the route, exposure  of
populations to toxic or hazardous materials would be minimized by the use of
the interstate highway system whenever possible, rather than other arteries or
secondary roads through surrounding communities.  Hazardous spill response
teams along the interstates are better able to deal with potentially toxic
spills than are the local fire units or hazardous material units outside the
City of Cincinnati (Ann Gordon, OKI, March 1986).

     The City of Cincinnati's Fire Department maintains specialized  units,
including "Squad 52," to respond to hazardous materials accidents.   The  city's
Hazardous Materials Team (although stationed within the city)  is available to
respond anywhere in Hamilton County, through agreements with other communi-
ties.  In addition, several corporations and the Lunken Airport crash unit may
be able to assist in responding to spills of materials with which they are
familiar (Ann Gordon, OKI, March 1986; David  Roger, Cincinnati Safety
Department, March 1986).  It should be noted, however, that safety procedures
among common carriers and carrier services vary, and their delivery  routes may
not be those that minimize the chances of accident or exposure.
                                     4-50

-------
4.3  UNAVOIDABLE ADVERSE IMPACTS
     Some impacts associated with the implementation of any of the alterna-
tives cannot be avoided.  The free FCF standing alternatives would have the
following adverse impacts:

     o  Short-term construction dust, noise, and traffic nuisance
     o  Erosion and siltation during construction.

4.4  IRRETRIEVABLE AND IRREVERSIBLE RESOURCE COMMITMENTS
     The major type and amounts of resources that would be committed through
the implementation of any of the alternatives are presented in Section 4.1.
Each of the alternatives would include some or all of the following resource
commitments.

     o  Fossil fuel, electrical energy, and human labor for facilities
        construction and operation
    . o  Chemicals for FCF operation
     o  Tax dollars for construction and operation
     o  Some unsalvageable construction materials.

     There is a finite consumption of resources involving construction of the
FCF with no feasible means of recovery.  Thus, nonrecoverable resources would
be foregone for the provision of the proposed facility.  However, construction
would not result in the irretrievable consumption of critical materials in
limited supply or other resources of local or national significance.

4.5  EIS RECOMMENDED ACTION
     The recommended action for this EIS is construction of a free-standing
full containment research facility (FCF) adjacent to the Andrew W. Breidenbach
Environmental Research Center.  The issue of greatest concern in this
assessment is the potential risks to human health of release of chemicals from
                                     4-51

-------
the FCF.   As discussed in Chapter 4, the results of the risk assessment
indicates that no substantial increase in risks to public health is antic-
ipated due to operation of the FCF.  This conclusion is based on projections
as to the nature and quantity of hazardous materials likely to be present at
the FCF and the assumption that recommended laboratory operating and safety
procedures be followed (USEPA 1982 - Toxic Substance Control Manual),.

     It is not possible to anticipate all hazardous materials (their nature
and quantity) likely to be handled at the FCF over the lifetime of the
facility.  In order to ensure that day-to-day operations at the FCF continue
to pose no significant risks to human health, it is recommended that a
monitoring program be adopted to evaluate the loss of chemicals to the air
filtering system to quantify the release of these compounds to the ambient
environment.  The parameters selected for assessment should reflect the
ongoing activities at the FCF.
                                     4-52

-------
                  5.   RESPONSES TO COMMENTS ON THE DRAFT EIS



     Comments on the Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) were received

at the Public Hearing held February 23, 1987 at the Andrew W. Breidenbach

Environmental Research Center (AWBERC) and were also received by mail.

Comments and questions received at the Public Hearing were documented in a

Hearing Transcript and responses to those comments are provided in this

chapter.  Responses to Public Hearing comments are presented in Section 5.1.

Written comments on the DEIS were received from a total of three public

agencies and two private citizens (Appendix C).  Responses to these written

comments are presented in Section 5.2 through 5.4.


5.1  RESPONSE TO COMMENTS FROM THE PUBLIC HEARING

Dr. Debdas Muckerjee

(1)  Comments: How tall will the exhaust stack from the Full Containment
     Facility be and how will both sewer and stack discharges such as those
     containing dioxin or PCB's be treated before discharge?  At what
     temperature will stack discharges be treated?

     Response: The exhaust stack will be 7 ft. 3 in. above the precast
     concrete roof and the velocity of the exhaust plume will be 3,000 ft. per
     minute.  Any liquid hazardous waste material will be specially packaged
     and disposed of by a hazardous waste disposal contractor.  The air from
     the FCF will not be incinerated but will be filtered through a special
     filter arrangement prior to release into the atmosphere.  No hazardous
     material will be discharged to the sewer system.

Lawrence Horowitz

(2)  Comment: How will the hazardous wastes and other hazardous materials be
     delivered to, and received by the Facility?

     Response: The materials will be received by truck and hazardous material
     will be packaged in accordance with the Department of Transportation
     specifications.

Tom Donnelly

(3)  Comments:  Will the holding tanks originally planned to prevent spilled
     materials from being discharged directly to the sewer system still be
     employed?  What is their exact function?  How will they alleviate
     problems from spills?  Is there a way to "trap" hazardous materials
     before they can enter the sewer system? Are there better ways to deal
     with small spills in lab sinks?  What will be the function of the lab
     sinks? What types of materials will be going down lab sinks?  What are
                                     5-1

-------
     some  examples?  Are  there any standard  notification procedures (to
     appropriate authorities and  to  the  public)  in  the  event  of an accident
     while hazardous materials are being transported  to the Facility,
     especially those  that might  pose a  potential emergency?   Who would make
     the decision as to whether there would  be any  public notification and to
     what  level a danger  would have  to rise  before  the  public would be
     notified?

     Response:  No large  holding  tanks are planned  for  the FCF.  All work with
     hazardous materials  will be  performed in fume  hoods.   Each fume hood has
     a small  cup sink  at  the work surface level  that  will drain into a special
     container below the  individual  fume hood.   Should  an accidental spill
     occur it will be  collected in this  container.  The laboratory sinks will
     be used  for materials other  than hazardous  or  toxic materials.  No
     hazardous materials  will be  discharged  into the  sewer system.  The sinks
     would be used to  wash glassware, etc.   In the  event of discharge of
     hazardous waste during transportation the transporter must take immediate
     action to protect human health  and  the  environment (e.g. notify local
     officials, dike the  discharge area, etc.) Local  officials, usually the
     police and fire department,  notify  the  public, when appropriate.

Mr. Hall

(4)  Comments:  What type of containers  would hazardous materials be
     transported in, and  are there "outside" regulations that govern the
     tranportation of  hazardous materials or would  the  EPA be policing itself?
     Would hazardous wastes ever  be  transported  from  the Facility to the
     present  AWBERC building?

     Response:  All of the chemicals, samples or other  hazardous materials
     which are shipped to or from the AWBERC or  the proposed  Full Containment
     Facility (FCF) by a  commercial  carrier  are  strictly regulated by the
     Department of Transportation (DOT).  The DOT regulations are designed to
     insure the proper and safe transportation of materials by shippers and
     carriers.  The DOT also has  i he responsibility of  enforcing these
     regulations.  The packaging  and containers  for hazardous materials that
     are  to be shipped are also strictly regulated  by the DOT.  Data and
     results  will, of  course be transmitted  from the  Facility to the AWBERC
     building, however no hazardous  wastes will  be  carried from one building
     to the other.

Lawrence  Coffen

(5)  Comments:  Why should this Facility be  built in  the midst of a population
     center rather than in a remote  area?  Wouldn't it  be just as efficient to
     build the Facility in a remote  area and  then to  transmit research data
     and  results by phone to the  present AWBERC?

     Response:  The work  to be carried out in the new Facility will be in
     direct support of the research  programs which  have been assigned to the
     EPA  Laboratories  here in Cincinnati.  The Facility has been designed
     specifically  to meet this need. Much,  if not  all  of the work to be
     conducted within  the Facility will  be parts of broader projects being
     conducted by AWBERC  researchers within  the  AWBERC  building itself.  In
                                     5-2

-------
     fact,  the researchers who will work in the new Facility will, by and
     large,,  spend only part of their time within the Facility and will spend
     the rest of their time in the AWBERC building.  The work to be conducted
     in the Facility will not, therefore, be independent.  It will be closely
     interlinked with other research within the AWBERC building and will be
     carried out by the same researchers.

         It would not, therefore be feasible,  logistically or economically, to
     locate the Facility at a remote site separate from the AWBERC building.
     Moreover, since the risk analyses presented within the draft EIS have
     shown that the Facility can be constructed and operated safely at the
     proposed location, a remote location for the Facility is not necessary.

Chris Grubach

(6)  Comment:  Will there be procedures for monitoring for leakage through or
     around the filters to be used to prevent emissions of hazardous compounds
     from the exhaust stack?

     Response:  We will follow the procedures that have been established by
     the filter manufacturers for testing filters for leakage.

Morgan Williams

(7)  Comment: Who will determine what hazardous materials will be brought into
     the Facility and in what quantities?

     Response: The types and quantities of hazardous materials to be brought
     into the Facility will be determined by the specific projects scheduled
     to be carried out at the AWBERC.  The planning for such activities is
     done by local Laboratory management here in Cincinnati, within the
     context of the AWBERC's mission within EPA and, of course, subject to
     approval and funding for planned work from EPA Headquarters in
     Washington.

         As a matter of policy, every single project proposed to be conducted
     within the Facility will have a specific "safety plan" which will include
     a definition of  the types and amounts of hazardous or toxic materials
     required for the work.  The amounts will be the minimum amounts necessary
     and the handling procedures will have to be approved in advance so that
     each project can be conducted safely, both with respect to the individual
     researchers involved and with respect to the safety of the Facility
     itself.

Arnold Pollock

(8)  Comments:  Why wasn't there more and earlier publicity regarding EPA's
     intentions to build this Facility and regarding this meeting?  Will
     activities now conducted by EPA at other locations around the country be
     moved here as a result of this Facility?  What are several examples of
     projects to be conducted within the new Facility?  What is the potential
     for spill or explosion from trucks or tanks containing hazardous
     materials located outside and next to the Facility?  Will there be fumes
     discharged into the area?  What is the potential for an explosion?  Will
                                     5-3

-------
     there  be any nuisance  (noise,  inconvenience)  associated  with the
     Facility?

     Response:  Articles regarding  the  Full  Containment  Facility have appeared
     in the Cincinnati newspapers since August  27,  1985.   On  January 20,  198/
     the Enquirer printed an article  regarding  the proposed Full Containment
     Facility arid also mentioned the  Public  Hearing.   There is  no plan at
     present to move activities from  other EPA  locations to this Facility.
     Toxic  treatability studies on  various treatment  technologies;  studies on
     the characterization,  destruction  and detoxifiation of hazardous
     materials; and the preparation of  quality  assurance samples for use by
     various regulatory agency laboratories  are all projects  that will be
     conducted  in the FCF.  There is  no potential  for spills  or explosions
     from tanks located outside the building since there will not be any tanks
     outside the building.  Any gaseous discharge  to  the environment will be
     through a  filtering system.  The risk assessment in the  EIS indicates no
     substantial increase in the risk of adverse health  effects to the
     surrounding environment even if  the day-to-day operation were conducted
     assuming the air filtering system  did not  remove any of  the contaminants
     and even if  there were an explosion in  the FCF releasing toxic chemicals
     to the environment.

         We do  not  anticipate any noise, inconvenience,  etc.   associated with
     the FCF other  than  the usual activity connected  with the construction of
     any building.


5.2  CORRESPONDENCE FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES

U. S. Department of Transportation;                         (23 February 1987)

(9)  Comment:   The  DEIS has been reviewed and we have no comment.

     Response,:  Comment noted.

U. S. Department of the Interior;                                (3 March 1987)

(10) Comment:   The  final statement  should present  sufficient  information  to
     support the finding that  the proposed site will  not be subject to a
     landslide  hazard.  Develop an  action plan  to  contain spills outside  the
     building.

     Response:  Comment noted.


5.3  CORRESPONDENCE FROM PRIVATE CITIZENS

Mr. Rick Navaro, Coldwell Banker Real Estate Ser.;           (4 February  1987)

(11) Comment:  Exchange  the  presently  proposed site for a site on Jefferson
     Avenue

     Response:   The Jefferson  Avenue  site  is in a more densely populated
     residential  area than  the proposed site.
                                     5-4

-------
Mr. Raymond J. Dobos                                             (23 June 1986)

(12) Comment: Cincinnati is a leading producer of carcinogenic pollutants and
     has a leading cancer mortality rate.  The FCF should be isolated on a
     site away from a populous area.  The EPA intends to have mustard gas at
     the FCF.

     Response:  There are no data to substantiate that Cincinnati is a leading
     producer of carcinogenic pollutants.  The risk assessment in the DEIS
     indicates no substantial increase in the risk of adverse health effects
     in the day-to-day operation of the FCF or in a catastrophic release
     scenario.  There is no intention now or ever to house mustard gas in the
     FCF.


5.4  CORRESPONDENCE FROM STATE AGENCIES

Ohio Historical Society;                                    (18 February 1987)

(13) Comment:  Requested a street map showing the location of the project
     boundaries and front and rear elevation photographs of any standing
     structures over fifty years old which will be affected by the proposed
     facility to assess whether any are on the National Register of Historic
     Places.

     Response:  A drawing showing the location of the proposed FCF was
     provided as was a statement that no standing structures over fifty years
     old would be affected.
                                      5-5

-------
                            6.  LIST OF PREPARERS
     The Draft Environmental Statement (DBS) was prepared by the McLean,
Virginia office of Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) under
contract to USEPA Region V.  The USEPA Project Officers and the SAIC staff
involved in the preparation of the DBS included:
USEPA
     Catherine G. Garra
     Bill Spaulding
     Russell Kulp (HQ)
     Joe Castelli (AWBERC)
Project Officer
Project Monitor
Project Coordinator
AWBERC Contact
SAIC
     Geoffrey Kay
     Cindy V. Hughes
     Fred Zafran
     Roger Claff
     Hunter Loftin
     Judee Mayer
     Ann Witzig
     Karen Taylor
     Dennis Borum
     Holly Wootten
Project Administrator
Project Manager/Biologist
Environmental Scientist
Engineer
Engineer
Socioeconomist
Biologist
Biologist
Biologist
Environmental Scientist
                                     6-1

-------
                       7.  GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS


Activated sludge process.  A method of secondary wastewater  treatment  to
     biologically treat wastes whereby microorganisms suspended in an  aerated
     treatment basin stabilize the waste, followed by settling of solids and
     recycling of microorganisms back into the treatment process.

Advanced secondary treatment.  Biological wastewater treatment whereby waste
     is stabilized to a greater degree than in secondary treatment, but not to
     advanced waste treatment levels.

Advanced waste treatment.  Vastewater treatment to treatment levels that
     provide for maximum monthly average BOD^ and SS concentrations less than
     10 mg/1 and/or total nitrogen removal of greater than 50 percent  (total
     nitrogen removal = TKN + nitrite and nitrate).

Atomic Absorption.  A laboratory method for determining the  concentration of
     trace quantities of elements especially dissolved metals in water through
     the measurement of a decrease in the intensity of light of a particular
     wavelength.

BODS.  Biochemical oxygen demand exerted in a 5-day period.  It is a measure
     of biological degradability.

Carcinogen.  A substarce capable of causing cancer.

Combined sewer.  A sewer that carries domestic wastewater as well as
     stormwater runoff.

DES.  Draft Environmental Statement.

Effluent.  Wastewater or other liquid, partially or completely treated, or in
     its natural state, flowing out of a reservoir, basin, treatment plant, or
     industrial treatment plant, or part thereof.

EIS.  Environmental Impact Statement.

Exposure.  Manner of contact between the chemical or physical form of a
     substance and a receptor organism.  Characteristics of  exposure are
     related to time and frequency, route, and dose delivered.

Fragipan.  Soil term to describe a layer of very low permeability material,
     which is usually 1-2 feet thick and occurs naturally.

Full Containment Facility.  A building designed to physically confine and
     control hazardous and toxic substances, and any facility effluents
     through the observation and implementation of good laboratory practices,
     installation of properly designed laboratory containment equipment, and
     inclusion of special design features to prevent the escape of any
     hazardous and toxic substance to the surrounding environment.

Gas Chromatograhy (GC).  A laboratory method for analysis entailing the
     vaporization of a liquid sample followed by the separation of various
     gaseous components formed so they can be individually identified and
     quantitatively measured.
                                      7-1

-------
Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrophotometry (GC/MS).  The method  described above
     used  in conjunction with a mass spectrometer gives positive
     identification and quantification for a large number of  individual
     organic compounds present in water and wastewater.  A  mass spectrometer
     is an instrument that will sort out charged gas molecules  or  ions
     according  to  their masses.

Hazardous  waste.   Generally, a solid waste or combination of  wastes  that
     because of quantity, concentration, or physical, chemical  or  inspections
     characteristics, may cause or contribute to increased  mortality,  serious
     irreversible, or incapacitating reversible illness, or pose a substantial
     hazard to human health or the environment if improperly  stored,  trans-
     ported or disposed of; or elements or compounds other  than oil  which when
     discharged in any quantity into the navigable waters of  the U.S.  present
     an imminent and substantial danger to public health or welfare.

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC).  An analytical method  by which
     compounds may be separated in the liquid phase through the use  of
     solvents and  application of high pressure.

Inflow.  The water discharged into a wastewater collection  system  and  service
     connections from such sources as,  but not limited to,  roof leaders,
     cellars, yard and area drains,  foundation drains, cooling  water
     discharges, drains from springs and swampy areas, manhole  covers,
     cross-connections from storm sewers and combined sewers, catch  basins,
     stormwaters,  surface runoff, street wash waters or drainage.  Inflow does
     not include,  and is distinguished from, infiltration.

•Influent.  Water,  wastewater,  or other liquid flowing into  a  reservoir,  basin,
     or treatment  facility, or any unit thereof.

LD50.  (See Lethality).

Leachate.  Solution formed when water percolates through solid  wastes,  soil  or
     other materials and extracts soluble or suspendable substances  from the
     materials.

Lethality.  An index of toxicity, e.g.,  the maximal dose at which  some deaths
     occur or the smallest dose at which 50 percent (LD50)  or 100  percent
     (LD100) mortality occurs.

Loam.  The textural class name for soil having a moderate amount of sand,
     silt, and clay.   Loam soils contain 7 to 27 percent clay,  28  to 50
     percent silt,  and less than 52 percent sand.

Milligram per liter (mg/1).  A concentration of 1/1000 gram of  a substance in
     1 liter of water.  Because 1 liter of pure water weighs  1,000 grams,  the
     concentration also can be stated as 1 ppm (parts per million, by  weight).
     Used  to measure and report the concentrations of most  substances  that
     commonly occur in natural and polluted waters.

Mitigation.  Clean-up of soil  or groundwater, by decreasing the concentration
     of,  or removing contaminants.

Ordinance.  A municipal or county regulation.
                                     7-2

-------
ppb.  Parts per billion; weight/weight for water, and volume for volume  in
     air.

ppm.  Parts per million; weight/weight for water, and volume for volume  in
     air.

pH.  A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a material, liquid or solid.
     pH is represented on a scale of 0 to 14 with 7 being a neutral state;
     0, most acid; and 14, most alkaline.

Point source.  In regard to water, any pipe, ditch, channel, conduit, tunnel,
     well, discrete operation, vessel or other floating craft, or other
     confined and discrete conveyance from which a substance considered  to be
     a pollutant is, or may be, discharged into a body of water.

POTW.  Publicly Owned Treatment Works.

Primary treatment.  The first stage in wastewater treatment, in which
     substantially all floating or settleable solids are'mechanically removed
     by screening and sedimentation.

Risk.  The probability of injury, disease, or death over a defined time  period
     usually expressed in numerical terms, taking values of  0 (absolute
     certainty that harm will not occur) to 1 (absolute certainty that harm
     will o~cur).

Sanitary sewer.  Underground pipes that carry out domestic or commercial
     wastewater, not stormwater.

Secondary treatment.  The second stage in the treatment of wastewater in which
     bacteria are utilized to aerobically decompose the organic matter in
     sewage.  This step is commonly accomplished by introducing the sewage
     into a  trickling filter or an activated sludge process.  Effective
     secondary treatment processes remove virtually all floating solids  and
     settleable solids, as well as 90 percent of the BOD and suspended solids.
     USEPA regulations define secondary treatment as 30 mg/1 BOD, 30 mg/1 SS,
     or 85 percent removal of these substances.

Sewage.  Domestic wastewater.

Sewerage System.  System of sewer pipes used to carry wastewater.

Sewer, storm.  A conduit that collects and transports stormwater runoff.  In
     many sewerage systems, storm sewers are separate from those carrying
     sanitary or industrial wastewater.

Slope.  The  incline of the surface of the land.  It is usually expressed as a
     percent (%) of slope that, equals the number of feet of fall per 100 feet
     of horizontal distance.

Sludge.  The accumulated solids that have been separated from liquids
     containing suspended solids such as wastewater.

SS.  Suspended solids.
                                      7-3

-------
Thermistor.  A semiconductor whose electrical resistance varies sharply and  in
     a known manner with temperature.

Topography.  The three-dimensional shape of a surface area including its
     relief, or relative depressions or raised areas and the position of its
     natural and manmade features.

Trickling Filter.  Secondary wastewater treatment process whereby wastewater
     is trickled over rocks covered with a biological slime.

Wastewater.  Water carrying dissolved  or suspended solids from homes, farms,
     businesses, and industries to a treatment plant for treatment prior to
     discharge to streams and other surface waters.

Water quality.  The relative condition of a body of  water,  as judged by a
     comparison between comtemporary ambient values  and objective standard
     values for biological,  chemical,  and/or physical characteristics.   The
     standard values are usually either set by law or are selected based on
     specific intended uses,  and may vary as the intended uses vary.

WWTP-  Wastewater Treatment  Plant.
                                    7-4

-------
                             8.   LITERATURE CITED


ACGIH.  1985.  Threshold limit values for chemical substances and physical
     agents in the work environment with intended changes for 1985-1986.
     American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Cincinnati,  OH.

ACGIH.  1986/87.  Threshold limit values and biological exposure indices  for
     1976-1986, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
     ISBN:  0-936712-69-4.

Annett, L.  1986.  Cincinnati City Planning Department (March).   Personal
     Communication.

Berry, D.  1986.  Air toxics:  What is the problem and how do we deal with  it.
      Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Environ. Science and
     Technology 20(7)647-651.

Bjorklund, J., and J. Bowers.  1982.  User's Instructions for the SHORTZ  and
     LONGZ Computer Programs:  Volume 1.  PB83-146100, H.E. Cramer Company,
     Inc.  Salt Lake City, UT.

Blackman, W., R. Garnas, J. Preston, and C. Swibas.  1984.  Chemical
     Composition of Drum Samples from Hazardous Waste Sites, U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, National Enforcement Investigations
     Center, Denver, CO.

Castelli, J.  1986.  Memorandum:  Use of the containment facility by the
     Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH.

Castelli, J.  1986.  USEPA, Cincinnati, OH.  Personal Communication.

Cincinnati Business Courier.  August 20, 1984.  Deaconess Hospital Data.

City of Cincinnati, City Planning Department.  1981.  Residential Populations
     of Census Tracks, 1980 Census.

City of Cincinnati, City Planning Department, Cincinnati Census Tract Map.
     1980.

City of Cincinnati, Planning Commission, Data Services, 1980.  R.L. Polk
     Detailed Listing of Business.

City of Cincinnati, City Planning Department and Neighborhood Housing and
     Conservation, Clifton Community Plan.  1982.

City of Cincinnati, City Planning Department, Draft Clifton Heights,
     University Heights, and Fairview Community Plan.  1984.

City of Cincinnati, City Planning Department, Preliminary Reconnaissance	
     Uptown Today. 1986.
                                      8-1

-------
City of Cincinnati, City Planning Department Survey for Uptown Task Force,
     provided 1986,.

City of Cincinnati Zoning Ordinance.   1985 (June).

Dobbs, R.  1986.  Memorandum to J.A.  Castelli, Facilities Management and
     Services Division,  March 3, 1986.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Cincinnati, OH.

Dourson, M.  August 1986.  Personal Communication.

Fischer, K.  1986.  National Enforcement Investigation Center, Denver,
     Colorado;  Wayne Craine, EPA Las  Vegas Laboratory; and Jewell Morris, EPA
     Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  (July).  Personal
     Communications.

Fischer, K.  1986.  NEIC-Denver and W.  Crane,  EPA-LV.   (June 30).  Personal
     Communication.

Gordon, A.  1986.  Ohio-Kentucky Indiana (OKI) Regional Council of
     Governments.  (March).  Personal Communication.

Hamilton County Soil Survey.  Undated.   Obtained from Cincinnati City Planning
     Office.  No citation provided.

Hayden, P.  1986.  University of Cincinnati Residence Hall Administration.

Koerber, M., USEPA.  Personal Communications.   November and December 1986.

KZF Incorporated.  1986.  Concept Development  Plan for a Full Containment
     Facility.   Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, AWBERC,
     Cincinnati, OH, Contract No. 68-03-1755.

Lee, R., USEPA.  Personal Communications.  November 1986,

Liberick, W.  1986.  Memorandum to J.A. Castelli, Facility Management and
     Services Division,  February 28,  1986.  U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Cincinnati, OH.

Lichtenberg, J.  1986.  Memorandum to J.A. Castelli, Facility Management and
     Services Division,  May 29, 1986.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Cincinnati, OH.

Lichtenberg, J., and J.  Winter.  1986.   Memorandum to J.A. Castelli, Facility
     Management and Services Division,  February 28, 1986.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency,  Cincinnati, OH.

Mabey, W., J. Smith, R.  Podoll, H. Johnson, T. Mill, T. Chou, J. Gates, J.
     Partridge, and D. Vandenberg.  1981.  Aquatic fate process data for
     organic priority pollutants.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Office of Water Regulations and Standards, Washington, DC.

Podol, R., H. Jaber, and T. Mill.  1986.  Tetrachlorodibenzodioxin:  Rates of
     volatilization and photolysis in the environment.  Environmental Science*
     and Technology 20(5)490-492.
                                     8-2

-------
Roger, D.  1986.  Cincinnati Safety Department.  (March).  Personal
     Communication.

SAIC. 1985a.  Environmental Assessment for Full Containment Facility at
     AWBERC, Cincinnati, Ohio.  Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Region V.  Contract No. 68-04-5035.

SAIC.  1985b.  Background Material for EPA OW and OSWER Briefings on Phase  I
     of the Domestic Sewage Study, prepared by Science Applications
     International Corporation for USEPA Office of Analysis and Evaluation,
     Washington, DC.

Sittig, M.  1981.  Handbook of Toxic and Hazardous Chemicals.  Noyer
     Publications, Park Ridge, NJ.

Southwestern Ohio Air Pollution Control Agency. 1985. Air Quality Data Sheet.

Thurnau, R.  1986.  Memorandum to J.A. Castelli, Facility Management and
     Services Division, May 15, 1986.  USEPA, Cincinnati, OH.

Thurnau, R.  May 15 and 19, 1986 and June 26, 1986.  Facility Management and
     Services Division, USEPA, Cincinnati, OH.  Personal Communications.

USEPA.  1982.  Toxic Substance Control Manual.  Policies and Regulations for
     Control of Toxic Substances in the Laboratory.  Andrew W. Breidenbach
     Environmental Research Center.  Cincinnati, OH.

USEPA.  1984b.  Guidelines on air quality models (revised).  U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and
     Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.

USEPA.  1985a.  Concept Development for a Full Containment Facility.  Prepared
     by KZF Inc.,  for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

USEPA.  1985b.  Superfund public health assessment manual.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington,
     DC.

USEPA.  1985c.  Guidance on remedial investigations and feasibility studies
     under CERCLA.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid
     Waste and Emergency Response.

USEPA.  1985d.  Health Assessment Document for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-
     Dioxins.  Office of Health and Environmental Assessment.  U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.  EPA/600/8-84/014F-

USEPA.  1986a.  Report to Congress on the Discharge of Hazardous Wastes to
     Publicly Owned Treatment Works.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Office of Water Regulations and Standards, Washington, DC.

USEPA.  1986b.  Guidelines for carcinogenic risk assessment.  U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency.  Federal Register 51 (125) 33992-34003.
                                      8-3

-------
USEPA.  1986c.  Guideline on Air Quality Models (Revised).  U.S Environmental
     Protection Agency.   Research Triangle Park,  NC, 450/2-78-027R.

USEPA.  1986d.  Industrial Source Complex (ISC).   Dispersion Model User's
     Guide - Second Edition:   Volume 1.   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle Park,  NC,  450/4/86-0059.

USEPA.  1986e.  Guidelines for health risk assessment of chemical mixtures.
     U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Federal Register 51 34015-34025.

Wilson,  R.,  USEPA.   Personal  Communications.   November and December 1986.

Winter,  J.  1986.   Memorandum to  J.A.  Castelli, Facility Management and
     Services Division,  January 30,  1986.   U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency,  Cincinnati,  OH.

Zamuder, C.,  J.  Lounsbury,  and D.  Cooper.   1986.   Superfund risk assessment:
     The process and its  application to  uncontrolled hazardous waste sites.
     U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency  and  FCF-Clemen't.   Proceedings of the
     7th National Conference  on Management  of  Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
     Sites.   Washington,  DC.   December 1-3,  1986.
                                    8-4

-------
                                 9.   ACRONYMS


AA - Atomic absorption


ACGIH - American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygenists


ADI - Acceptable daily intake


AI - Acceptable Intake


AWBERC - Andrew W. Breedenbach Environmental Research Center


BOD - Biochemical oxygen demand


CAG - Carcinogen Assessment Group


CEO - Council on Environmental Quality


CERCLA - Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act


DBS - Draft Environmental Statement


EA - Environmental assessment


ECAO - Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office of the EPA Office of
       Research and Development


EIS - Environmental Impact Statement


EMSL - Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory


ES - Environmental Statement


FCF - Full containment facility


FNSI - Findings of no significant impact
                                     9-1

-------
GC - Gas chromatography






HEGA - High-efficiency gas absorption






HEPA - High-efficiency particulate absorption






HPLC - High performance liquid chromatography





HWERL - Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory






ISCLT - Industrial Source Complex Long Term






kg - Kilogram






mg - Milligram





MS - Mass spectrophotometry






NEIC - National Enforcement Investigations Center






NEPA - National Environmental Policy Act 1969






PAH - Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons






PCB - Polychlorinated biphenyl






POTW - Publicly owned treatment works






PPM - Parts per million






PTPLU & PTMAX - EPA Air Quality Model






RCRA - Resource Conservation and Recovery Act





SS - Suspended solids
                                     9-2

-------
STEL - Short Term Exposure Limits






TCDD - Tetrachlorodibenzodioxin (or dioxin)






UCR - Unit cancer risk factor






USEPA - U.S. Environmental Protection Agency






WERL - Water Engineering Research Laboratory
                                     9-3

-------
                                  10.  INDEX






Access Control 2-6



Acute Toxiclty 4-3



Aesthetics/Landscaping 1-1



Air Disperson Modeling 4-20, 4-34




Air Quality 1-1, 1-3, 2-6, 3-1




Analytical Instrumentation 2-4, 2-7




Balance Room 2-1



Biota 3-6, 3-7



Building Code 3-9




Burnet Woods Lake 3-6, 3-9



Business 3-15



Carcinogenic Potency Factor 4-15, 4-26



Catastrophic Release 4-27



Clay 3-3



Colleges 3-7, 3-9, 3-11, 3-16



Combined Sewer 3-6, 3-22




Construction Operations 1-1




Council on Environmental Quality 1-2



Decontamination 2-8



Detoxification 2-5, 3-21, 3-22



Disposal 2-9, 2-10, 3-20, 3-21, 3-22



Draft Environmental Statement 1-1



EMSL 2-1, 2-5, 4-8




Environmental Impact Statement 1-2, 1-3



Exposure Assessment 4-16, 4-32, 4-43




Exposure Estimates 4-32, 4-35



Finding of No Significant Impact 1-2




Floodplains 3-7




                                     10-1

-------
 Fume  Hood  2-4,  2-5,  2-6,  3-20,  3-21,  4-4



 Gas Chromatograph/Mass  Spectrophotometer 2-4




 Genetic  Engineering  1-3,  2-5



 Glovebox 2-1,  2-4, 2-5, 4-5



 Groundwater  3-3,  4-1



 Hazard Identification 4-8, 4-29




 Hazardous  Materials  1-3



 HEPA/HEGA  filters 4-5,  4-7,  4-18



 Hospitals  3-7,  3-9,  3-15



 Housekeeping 2-8  .



 HWERL 2-1, 2-5, 4-8



 Indicator  Compounds  4-11



 Inorganics Laboratory 2-1



 Internal Waste Handling 1-1, 3-17,  3-20,  3-21



 ISGLT



 Laboratory Transport 2-8, 2-9



 Land  Use 3-7, 3-10,  4-46



 Mitigation 4-47,  4-51




 National Environmental Policy Act 1-2



 Noise 1-1



 Organics Laboratory  2-1, 2-4



 Parking 1-1



 Permeability 3-3




 Pollution Control Programs 1-1



 Pollution Standards  Index 3-1,  3-2




 Population 2-10,  3-10, 3-11, 3-12,  3-13,  3-15



 Primary Containment Equipment 2-7,  3-20



Public Health Risk Assessment 4-3



Public Participation 1-2,  1-3






                                     10-2

-------
Public Water Supply 3-6



Quantities of Chemicals Handled/Present 4-10,  4-12,  4-30



Records 2-7




Release Rates 4-35




Respirators/Personal Protection 2-5,  2-6,  2-7



Risk Characterization 4-28, 4-42, 4-43



Sample Storage 2-1, 2-4, 3-20



Sanitary Sewer 4-5



Shower/Locker 2-1, 2-6, 3-20, 3-21, 3-22



Site Geography 3-1, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5




Site Geology 3-3



Soils 2-5, 3-3



Solid Wastes 1-1, 3-20



Source Term Estimates 4-21



Spills 3-20



Storage Inventory 2-7



Streams 3-6



Study Area 1-1, 3-1, 3-3, 3-7, 3-9



Toxic Materials 1-3



Toxicity Assessment 4-14, 4-29, 4-43



Traffic 1-1, 1-3, 3-17, 3-18, 3-19, 4-3, 4-46




Vacuum Lines 2-8



Waste Samples 2-1, 2-11, 3-17, 3-20,  4-11




Wastewater 1-1, 2-4, 3-17, 3-20, 3-21, 3-22



Water Resources 1-1, 3-3



WERL 2-1, 2-4, 4-8




Wetlands 3-7



Work Area Identification 2-6




Work Surfaces 2-7, 3-20






                                     10-3

-------
Working Quantities 2-8
Zoning 3-9
                                  10-4

-------
       APPENDIX A



AWBERC-PROVIDED MATERIAL

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                     OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
               HAZARDOUS WASTE ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
                               CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268
DATE:     February 28, 1986

SUBJECT:  EIS for Full Containment Facility

FROM:     Walter W. liberick, Jr., Chief
          Technical Support Staff, OPO

TO:       Joseph A. Castelli, Director
          Facilities Managemejnt^ &

THRU:     William A. Cawle
          Acting Director,
            Research Laboratory
     The following is HWERL's response to your memo dated February 20,
asking for information about volume and nature of explosives, and volume,
nature, and delivery frequency of hazardous materials to be imported to the
containment facility.  Obviously the information provided is our best
estimate at this time.  Changes in program priorities could significantly
alter these estimates.

Current Estimates

     0  Volume and nature of explosives - no significant quantities known
        at this time.  Small quantities of flammable solvents (1 liter or
        less) may be brought to the facility for leaching or analytical
        work.

     0  Volume, frequency, and nature of incoming hazardous materials -

        1.  Soils contaminated with PCB's, dioxins, furans, or PCP's -
            2 to 10 pounds, once per month.

        2.  Organic contaminated water - 1 gallon, once per month.

        3.  Oils and solvents contaminated with dioxins or PCB's -
            1 gallon, 1 to 5 times per month.

        4.  Unknown samples from hazardous waste sites for characterization
            in sample quantities may be shipped in on an undefinable schedule.

     Again, let me reemphasize that these are our best estimates at this
time.

cc:  J. Martin
     H. Pahren

-------
          UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                   OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
                   WATER ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
                             CINCINNATI, OHIO 45268
DATE:

SUBJECT:


FROM:


TO:
          March 3,  1986

          Revised Information  for Environmental  Impact Statement (EIS)
          for Full  Containment Facility  (FCF)
          Richard A.  Dobbs,  Research  Chemist
          Toxic Research  & Analytical  Support  Staff

          Joseph A.  Castelli,  Director
          Facilities  Management  &  Services  Staff
     Revised information
as follows:
                         needed  for  the  EIS  for  the  FCF  is  estimated to be
     1.  Volume and nature of explosives:

         WERL does not have research  plans  which  call  for the use of explo-
sive materials at the present time.

     2.  Volume, frequency and nature of incoming hazardous  materials:

         Small quantities of hazardous  chemicals  may  be  used in treatability
studies in the FCF.  The Chemicals  are  listed in  the  following table with
estimated quantities on hand and frequency  of delivery:
Chemical Name                            Quantity

2-Aceetylaminoflourene                     10 gm
Acrylonitrile                              10 gm
4-Aminodiphenyl                             10 gm
Asbestos                                   10 gm
Benzidine                                 100 gm
Bis-Chloromethyl  ether                    100 gm
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and salts)          10 gm
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene                  10 gm
Ethyleneimine                              10 gm
Methyl -chloromethyl  ether                 100 gm
4,4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline)        10 gm
a-Naphthylamine                           100 gm
B-Naphthylamine                           100 gm
4-Nitrobiphenyl                             10 gm
M-Nitrosodimethylamine                     10 gm
3-Propiolactone                            10 gm
Vinyl  Chloride                            100 gm
                                                                 Frequency

                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
                                                                 annually
     Environmental  samples  may  be  used on  an  irregular basis and may be
needed in 55 gallon quantities  or  more.   Estimated use of environmental
samples is as follows:
                                -z-

-------
                                  - 2 -
Environmental  Sample

Seawater
Surface water
Ground water
Leachate
Industrial  process water
Municipal  wastewater
Indistrial  wastewater
 Quantity

 55 gallons
 55 gallons
 55 gallons
110 gallons
 55 gallons
 55 gallons
110 gallons
Frequency

Bimonthly
Biannually
Biannually
Biannually
Biannually
Bimonthly
Biannually
     The above reflect the best estimate of our anticipated use of the FCF.

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                     OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
               ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND SUPPORT LABORATORY
                               CINCINNATI, OHIO 45268
DATE:     February 28,  1986

SUBJECT:  Input to Environmental  Impact Statement (EIS)

FROM:     James J. Lichtenberg,  Chief    v^<>	
          Physical and  Chemical  Methods Branch

          John A.  Winter,  Chief
          Quality Assurance  Branch

TO:       Joseph Castelll, Director
          Facilities Management  and Services Division

    This 1s written In  response  to  your February 20 memorandum requesting
Information on planned  presence  and/or use of explosives and hazardous wastes
In the Containment Facility:

1.  Explosives - There  are no plans to procure,  store or utilize explosives in
    the Containment Facility.

    Hazardous Wastes -  As  part of the  method development and quality assurance
    support provided to the  Solid Waste, Superfund, and Toxics Programs,
    Environmental  Monitoring and Support Laboratory - Cincinnati
    (EMSL-C1nc1nnat1) will irregularly over time (estimated at once/month),
    obtain 1 quart - 5  gallon amounts  of liquid  to solid wastes containing
    parts-per-billion to low percentage concentrations of an estimated five to
    twenty organlcs or  Inorganic compounds such  as found on the priority
    pollutant 11st of the  Clean  Water  Act regulations, the Appendix VIII 11st
    of the Research Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), or the Appendix A
    list of the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and
    Liability Act (CERCLA).   These wastes will  be analyzed and disposed of or
    prepared as small replicate  subsamples for evaluation of USEPA, State and
    USEPA contract laboratories.  Any  residual  amounts of these wastes will be
    disposed of under the  current Andrew W. Breldenbach Environmental Research
    Center (AWBERC) generator No. OHD  6800 30929.

Ref:  6519C

-------
 w,
 5SSJ    UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  AGENCY

 '•""i mot*-0               OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
                ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND SUPPORT LABORATORY
                                CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

DATE:     March 6, 1986
SUBJECT:  Chemicals Related to Environmental Impact Statement  (EIS)
                                                      "
FROM:     James J. Llchtenberg,
          Physical and Chemical Methods Branch

TO:       Joseph A. CastelH, Director
          Facilities Management and Services Division


    The attached lists are being provided to you as requested for
consideration 1n developing an EIS for the Containment Facility.  The lists
represent chemicals 1n the quantities that can be expected to be on hand for
use as reagents, solvents, and reference standards 1n performing analyses of
samples 1n the facility.  These lists complement and, 1n some cases,
duplicate the lists provided by John Winter.

    List 1 - Inorganic Chemicals

    List 2 - Organic Chemicals

    Please note List 3 - Repository Standards of John Winter's memorandum.
These chemicals would be ordered from the U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA) Repository for Toxic and Hazardous Materials or other
sources, on a variable and selective basis only, as required for analyses.
That is, a few or a number of these standards may be on hand at different
times.  These standards are prepared 1n small volumes of 1.5 mL each, in
sealed glass ampuls and shipped by U. S. mall.

Attachments (2):
As Stated

cc:  Robert Booth with attachments
     Thomas Clark with attachments
     John Winter with attachments

-------
                                     I
                           INORGANIC ANALYSES
                          CONTAINMENT FACILITY
                                                                REORDER
  COMPOUND    _ AMOUNT REQUIRED _ FREQUENCY

Calcium Hypochlorite                     500 mL        IX per year for all
Sodium Hydroxide                         800 g
Ascorbic Acid                             25 g
Lead Acetate                             500 g
Sodium Dihydrogenphosphate               200 g
4-Dimethylaminobenzal Rhodanine            5 g
Chloramine - T                           250 g
Barbituric Acid                          100 g
Pyridine                                 500 mL
3-Methyl-l-Phenyl-2-Pyrazolin-5-one     lOOg
3,3'-Dimethyl-l-r, Diphenyl-
  (4-4 Bi-2 Pyrazoline) 5-5'-Dione        25 g
Magnesium Chloride                      1000 g
Sulfamic Acid                            100 g
Potassium Cyanide                        100 g
Potassium Hydroxide                      500 g
Acetic Acid                                2 1/2 L
Phosphoric Acid 85%                     1000 mL
Hypophosphorous Acid                     500 mL
Potassium Dihydrogen Phosphate           500 g
Sodium Phosphate (dibasic)               100 g
Hydrochloric Acid                          5 L
Potassium Iodide                         100 g
Iodine                                   100 g
Phenylarsine Oxide Solution                1 L
Starch Indicator                           1 L
N,N-Dimethyl-p~phenylenedianine Oxalate   25 g
Ferric Chloride                          100 g
Sulfuric Acid                              5 L
Diammmonium Hydrogen Phosphate           500 g
Methylene Blue                            25 g
Sodium Sulfide                           500 g

-------
     -2-
COMPOUND
Thyodene
Potassium lodate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Ethyl enedi ami ne Tetraacetic Acid
Aluminum Metal Ingot
Antimony Potassium Tartrate
Arsenic (III) Oxide
Barium Chloride
Beryllium Sulfate
Boric Acid
Cadmium Metal
Calcium Carbonate
Chromium Tri oxide
Cobaltous Chloride
Copper Metal Rod
Iron Metal Rod
Leac1 Nitrate
Magnesium Sulfate
Manganese Metal - pieces
Molybdenum Trioxide
Nickel Metal Rod
Potassium Chloride
Selenous Acid
Silicon
Silver Nitrate
Sodium Chloride
Thallium Bar
Vandium Pentoxide
Zinc Oxide
Gold Metal
REORDER
AMOUNT REQUIRED FREQUENCY
100 g IX per year for all
500 g
500 g
500 g
10 g
25 g
5 g
5 9
50 g
25 g
50 g
25 g
25 g
20 g
25 g
5 g
50 g
25 g
250 g
5 g
26 g
50 g
25 g
500 ml
75 g
20 g
225 g
25 g
25 g
21 g
-7-

-------
                                   -3-
                                                                REORDER
  COMPOUND	AMOUNT REQUIRED	FREQUENCY
Cerium Oxide                              10 g
Lithium Carbonate                         10 g
Mercury                                  500 ml       IX per  year  for all
Tin Metal                                 10 g
Strontium Chloride                        25 g
Titanium Metal                              5 g
Yttrium Oxide                              5 g
Nitric Acid                                2 1/2 L

-------
    Livr  z
  ORGANIC ANALYSES
CONTAINMENT FACILITY
COMPOUND AMOUNT REQUIRED
Ethyl ether
Methyl -t-butyl ether
Hexane
Acetone
Dichloromethane
Toluene
Methyl ethyl ketone
Chloroform
Acetonitrile
Pentane
Dioxane
1 , 1 ,2-Tri chl oro-tri f 1 uoromethane
Ethyl alcohol
Methyl alcohol
Cyclohexane
n-Butanol
Petroleum ether
N ,N-Dimethy 1 f ormami de
Acetic anhydride
Lindane
4 L
4 L
8 L
8 L
4 L
8 L
4 L
4 L
4 L
4 L
4 L
4 L
2 L
8 L
4 L
4 L
4 L
4 L
100 g
< 10 mg
REORDER
FREQUENCY
2 X per year
1 X per year
2 X per year
2 X per year
5 X per year
1 X per year
"
»
"
»
»
»
3 X per year
"
1 X per year
"
»
"
"
1 X per year
Aldrin
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Dieldrin
Polychlorinated biphenyls
(Aroclors and individual  isomers)
Toxaphene
Hexachlorobenzene
Di bromoch1oropropane
DDT
DDE
              " (each)
                                    or as  needed

-------
                                      -2-
     COMPOUND
AMOUNT REQUIRED
                                                                   REORDER
                                                                  FREQUENCY
2,4-D

2,4-D mixed esters
2,4-DR
?,4-DB mixed esters
2,4,5-T
2,4,5-T mixed esters
Silvex

Alachor
Metolachlor
Butachlor
Chloropyrifos
Chloropyrifos, methyl
Dichlorofenthion
Dichlorovos
Trichloroate
                                           < 50 mg
                                           < 200 mg
                               1  X  per year
                               or as  needed
Hydroquinone                               500 g
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol                       1 kg
Phenyl hydrazine                           250 g
2-Phenoxyethanol                           1 kg
Anthracene                                 5 g
Phenanthrene                               10 g
N-Methyl-N-nitroso-p-toluene sulfmamide    100 g
1,2,3,4-Tetrahydronaphthalene              1 pt
Formaldehyde                               1 pt
2,4-Dinitrophenol                          1 kg
Diethanolamine                             500 g
Methoxyacetonitrile                        25 g
2-Nitrophenol                              500 g
2,5-Dichlorophenyl hydrazine               25 g
Diphenylamine                              100 g
                              -IP-

-------
                                      -3-
     COMPOUND
AMOUNT REQUIRED
 REORDER
FREQUENCY
 Benzene

 Trlchloroethylene
 Carbon tetrachloride
 Chloroform
 Dichloromethane
 Ethyl chloride
 Methyl bromide
 Vinyl chloride
 Hydrazobenzene
 3,3'-Di methoxybenzene
 Aldicarb sulfone
 Dicapthon
 Acrylonitrile
 Diphenylhydrazine
 Strobane
 Hexabromobiphenyl
 Hexachloroethane
 Beta-chloronapthalene
 2,4-Dichlorophenol
 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
 p-Chlorophenol
 o-Chlorophenol
 Tetrahydronapthalene
 Dimethyl naphthalene
 Benzonitrile
 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene
 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
  and other isomers
dibenzofurans (isomers)
      100 ml

      1 L
      7.6 L
      3.8 L
      3.8 L
  1 X per year
  or as needed
            small gas cylinders
      500 g
      500 ml
      10 g
      10 g
      500 g
      100 g
      100 g
      20 g
      100 g
      10 g
      100 g
      25 g
      100 g
      100 g
      25 ml
      25 ml
      25 ml
      600 mL
      500 g
      <  1 g each

      <  1 g each
                               r H -

-------
ISSEj    UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
       '*              OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
                ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND SUPPORT LABORATORY
                                CINCINNATI, OHIO 45268
 DATE:     March 7, 1986

 SUBJECT:  Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)

 FROM:     John A. Winter, Chief
           Quality Assurance Branch

 TO:       Joseph A. Castelll, Director
           Facilities Management and Services Division


     These lists are being provided to you as discussed on February 28, 1986.
 Now that the term, "hazardous materials," has been translated to "chemical
 compounds," we are pleased to provide the following lists as representative of
 what might be expected to be procured and used 1n the development and analyses
 of quality control (QC) and performance evaluation (PE) samples 1n the
 containment facility:

     List 1 - Inorganic Chemicals

     List 2 - Organic Chemicals

     List 3 - Repository Standards

     Please note that List 3 - Repository Standards would be ordered from the
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Repository for Toxic and
 Hazardous Materials or other sources, on a variable and selective basis only,
 as required for analyses.  That Is, few or a number of these standards may be
 on hand at different times.  These standards are prepared In small volumes of
 1.5 mL each, in sealed glass ampuls and shipped by U.S. mall.

     We believe this completes the requested response for the EIS.

 cc:  Robert Booth
      Thomas Clark

 Ref:  6530C

-------
           CHEMICAL
 Ammonium Persulfate
 Ammonium Phosphate (dibasic)
 Ammonium Molybdate
 Ammonium Chloride
 Barium Nitrate
 Boric Add
 Calcium Chloride
 Calcium Nitrate
 Calcium Carbonate
 Cadmium Nitrate
 Cobalt Nitrate
 Ferric Nitrate
 Ferric Ammonium Sulfate
 Ferric Chloride
 Hydrazlne Sulfate
 Hydroxylamlne Hydrochlorlde
 Hydroxylamine Sulfate
 Lanthanum Chloride
 Lead Carbonate
 Lead Nitrate
 Magnesium Chloride
 Mercuric Nitrate
 Nickel  Nitrate
 Potassium Chloride
 Potassium Dlchromate
 Potassium Ferrfcyanlde
 Potassium Bllodate
 Potassium Cyanide
 Potassium Iodide
 Potassium lodate
 Potassium Hydroxide
 Potassium Permanganate
 Potassium Persulfate
 Potassium Phosphate (monobasic)
	-13-
  LIST 1
INORGANICS
   AMOUNT
   ON HAND
  2 pounds
FREQUENCY OF RE-ORDER
1-2 years (as needed)
2
3
1
550 grams
600 "
2500 "
1 pound
500 grams
500 "
100 "
1 pound
600 grams
1 pound
400 grams
90 •
400 "
500 "
300 "
3.5 Kg
90 grams
1000 "
10 "
3 pounds
1 "
500 grams
100 "
300 M
2.5 pounds
1 pound
6 pounds
1800 "
2.5 pounds
700 grams
H
H
H
N
H
n
N
M
•
n
N
n
N
a
H
N
n
H
•
n
a
n
•
u
•
•
n
n
n
H
M
H
H
                                  N

                                  II

                                  H

                                  H

                                  U

                                  M

                                  H

                                  H

                                  H

                                  II

                                  I*

                                  II

                                  II

                                  II

                                  II

                                  II

                                  II

                                  If

                                  II

                                  H

                                  n

                                  it

                                  H

                                  II

                                  n

                                  H

                                  H

                                  it

                                  it

                                  a

                                  n

                                  n

                                  H

-------
LIST 1 - INORGANICS (continued)

CHEMICAL
Potassium Phosphate (dibasic)
Potosslum Sulfate
Sodium Arsenate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Borate (Borax)
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Iodide
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Phosphate (dibasic)
Sodium Phosphate (trfbaslc)
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Phosphate (monobasic)
Sodium Thlosulfate
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate
Antimony (sponge)
Antimony (powder)
Antimony Trichloride
Antimony tartrate
Arsenic Tr1 oxide
Barium Chloride
Beryllium (flake)
Boric Acid
Calcium Carbonate
Cadmium (powder)
Chromium (VI) tr1 oxide
Cobalt (sponge)
Copper (powder)
Lanthanum oxide
AMOUNT
ON HAND
400 grams
2.5 pounds
100 grams
1 pound
200 grams
30 "
2.5 pounds
1 pound
8100 grams
50 grams
1 pound
300 grams
2 pounds
500 grams
1 pound
3 "
1 a
50 grams
10 "
20 "
1 pound
60 grams
70 "
70 "
500 "
20 "
100 M
100 "
120 •"
35 "
50 "

FREQUENCY
1-2 years
H
II
H
H
II
H
II
H
II
II
II
II
II
II
H
H
H
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

OF RE-ORDPR
(as needed)
H
H
H
H
H
N
II
H
II
II
II
II
It
H
II
H
II
II
II
II
H
H
II
H
n
n
n
n.
N
n

-------
                         LIST 1  - INORGANICS (continued)
          CHEMICAL
Lead Nitrate
Mercuric Chloride
Potassium Carbonate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium D1hydrogen Phosphate
Magnesium (rods)
Magnesium (chips)
Magnesium (pieces)
Magnesium Oxide
Molybdenum Tr1oxide
Ammonium Molybdate
Nickel (sponge)
Selenium IV dioxide
Silver Nitrate
Strontium Nitrate
Tin (rod)
Tin (30 mesh)
Thallium Nitrate
Titanium (sponge)
Titanium (wire)
Vanadium Pentoxlde
Yttrium Oxide
Zinc Oxide
Chromium Trloxide
 AMOUNT
 ON HAND
200 grams
20 grams
10   "
100  "
50   "
10   "
100  "
500  "
100  "
20   "
10 grams
10   "
200  "
100  "
30   "
80   "
6mm x 160mm
500 grams
55   "
100  "
.75mm x 30cm
250 grams
60   "
140  "
200  "
FREQUENCY OF RE-ORPER

1-2 years (as needed)
     M         H
     N

     H

     II

     n

     H

     H

     n

     H

     II

     II

     n

     M

     n

     n

     n

     n

     M

     M

     II

     II

     H

     II

     II
n

H

M

N

H

II

H

N

H

II

n

II

n

II

n

-------
                        LIST  1 -  INORGANICS  (continued)
          CHEMICAL
Glydne
L-G1utam1c Acid
Magnesium Nitrate
Magnesium Chloride
Mercuric Chloride
Potassium Carbonate
Potassium Fluoride
Potassium Hydrogen Phthai ate
Potassium Iodide
 AMOUNT
 ON HAND

2000 grams
500 grams
1000 "
100  "
100  "
1 pound
100 grams
2 pounds
FREQUENCY OF RE-ORDER
1-2 years (as needed)
     N

     H

     H

     H

     H

     N

     II
Potassium Phosphate (monobasic)      1  pound
Potassium Phosphate (dibasic)        1    "
Potassium Nitrate                    1    "
Sodium Arsenate                      500 grams
Sodium Borate                        1  pound
Sodium Bicarbonate                   2  pounds

Sodium Phosphate (monobasic)         3  pounds
Sodium Phosphate (dibasic)           400 grams
Sodium Sulfate                       1  Kg
Lead Acetate                         500 grams
Cupferron                            1  pound
Dowex 50 WX-8                        400 grams
Dextrose                             2  pounds
Glutamlc Add                        2    "
                      H

                      H

                      U

                      II

                      n

                      n



                      n

                      H

                      H

                      n

                      H

                      H

                      n

-------
LIST 1 - INORGANICS (continued)

CHEMICAL
Methyl ene Blue
Potassium Add Ph thai ate
Antimony Potassium Tartrate
THAM
EHochrome black T
Bromo Phenyl Blue
Methyl Thymol Blue
2,4 -Den1trophenyl-Hydraz1ne
Thymol Blue
AMOUNT
ON HAND
200 grams
100 grams
1 pound
100 grams
35 '"
5
7
20 "
5

FREQUENCY OF RE-ORDER
1-2 years (as needed)
• n
• n
N II
H l>
H H
• n
• N
it n

-------
 LIST 2
ORGANICS

CHEMICAL
Acetone
Methanol
I sooctane
Freon
Isopropyl alcohol
p-xylene
l,2-d1chloroethane
1-propanol
Acetonltrfle
1 ,2, 4- trlchl orobenzene
Dlchlorome thane
Pentane
Hexane
Benzene
To! uene
Glycerin
Vegetable oil
Paraffin oil
Phenol
1 ,2-dlchloropropane
m-d1chl orobenzene
trlchl oroethyl ene
ethyl benzene
o-xylene
hexachloro-1 ,3-butad1ene
p- d1 chl orobenzene
1,1-dlchloroethane
Hexachl orocycl opentadl ene
m-xylene
AMOUNT
ON HAND
2 gallons
2
1
2
1
1 Kg
1 gallon
1
1
1
2 quarts
1 gallon
1 "
1 "
1 "
2 pint
1 •
1 gallon
500 grams
1 quart
100 grams
1 pint
1 Kg
100 grams
1 Kg
100 grams
10 nt
1 Kg
1 Kg

FREQUENCY
1-2 Years
H
n
n
N
H
n
H
n
H
»
n
n
H
n
n
n
H
H
H
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n

OF RE-ORDER
(as needed)
H
II
II
II
II
II
II
N
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
n
n
u
H
n
u
n
n
n
•
n
H
n

-------
List 2 • Organic* (continued)

CHEMICAL
1 ,1 ,1 -trlchl oroethyl ene
Tetrachl oroethyl ene
CarbontetrachloHde
Trlchl oroethyl ene
1,2-dichloroethane
Styrene
Chlorofonn
Bromochl orome thane
Chlorobenzene
D1chl orome thane
1,2-d1chloropropane
2-chl oroethyl vinyl ether
1 ,2-d1bromo-3-chloropropane
o-dfchlorobenzene
ds l,2-d1chl oroethyl ene
Chi orobenzene
1 ,1 ,2,2-tetrachloroethane
Trlchl orof 1 uorome thane
trans 1 ,2-d1chl oroethyl ene
Vinyl chloride 1n N2 (1410 ppm)
Aldrln
Chlordane
DDT
D1eldr1n
Heptachlor
AMOUNT
ON HAND
200 ill
500 mL
500 id
1 liter
1 Kg
1 Kg
500 ml
§00 grams
1 Kg
500 mL
1 Kg
500 mL
200 grams
500 nt
50 grams
250 mL
250 mL
250 mL
250 mL
4 lecture btls.
3 grams
2 "
2 "
2 "
1 •

FREQUENCY
1-2 years
N
tt
N
N
H
II
M
II
II
N
U
II
II
M
n
M
H
n
H
H
H
n
«
u

OF RE-ORDER
(as needed)
n
n
n
n
H
n
H
n
M
n
M
n
»
n
n
n
H
n
ii
n
n
n
u
n

-------
List 2 - Organlcs (continued)
CHEMICAL
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexacnlorobutadlene
BHC Isomers
Sllvex
2,4-D
Toxaphene
V1nyl1dene chloride
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxlde
DDE
DDD
Endrln
EndHn aldehyde
Endnn ketone
Methoxychlor
Endosulfan 1
Endosulfan 2
Endosulfan sulfate
o-chl orotol uene
p-chl orotol uene
m-chl orotol uene
4-chl orobenzotrl f 1 uorl de
2-chl orobenzotrl f 1 uorl de
2,4,5-trlchlorophenol
1 ,2,3,4-tetrachlorobenzene
Mesitylene
2 ,4-d1chl orophenol
AMOUNT
ON HAND
500 grams
1 liter
14 grams
2 grams
2 "
9.5 _"
500 "
2 "
2.5 "
1.5 •
1 "
2 "
0.2 "
0.1 •
1 "
1 •
1 "
2 "
100 "
100 "
100 "
100 "
100 "
1 "
25 "
500 "
100 "
FREQUENCY OF RE-ORDER
1-2 years (as needed)
• H
II H
* N
• N
• H
H n
H II
H N
H n
• H
H H
H H
• II
H N
• H
H II
N n
• II
• n
• H
• H
H •
• N
• H
• a
• n
          30

-------
List 2 • Organ1cs (continued)

CHEMICAL
Dimethyl phthalate
D1-octyl phthalate
01 -ethyl hexyl phthalate
01 butyl phthalate
Butyl benzyl phthalate
01 ethyl phthalate
Bromochl orome thane
1 ,2,3-tr1chloropropane
Octadecane
Hexachloroe thane
1 , 2, 4- trl me thy! benzene
4-chloroan1l1ne
4-bromod1phenyl ether
2 ,6- tetrachl orotol uene
l,4-d1chlorobutane
Fluorobenzene
n-butyl benzene
n-propyl benzene
1 ,3,5-trfchlorobenzene
1 ,2,3,5-tetrachlorobenzene
1 , 2, 3- trl methyl benzene
AMOUNT
ON HAND
500 grams
250
500
500
250
100
500
100
100
100
0.5 Kg
100 grams
25
100
250
100
25 . "
25
100
100
100

FREQUENCY OF RE-ORDER
1-2 years (as needed)
« it
" «
• H
• H
• H
• H
• H
« M
N N
• H
• H
• N
• H
• H
• M
• n
• N
• n
• n
• n

-------
     List 3     Tht USEPA Repository for Toxic and Hazardous Materials

    EMSt-C1nc1nnat1 maintains the USEPA Repository for Toxic and Hazardous
Materials to provide a continuing source of calibration materials, standard*,
reverence compounds, spiking solutions for all trace organic* of Interest to the
Agency.  The Repository provides support for Ambient Monitoring, Drinking Water,
NPDES/PHorlty Pollutants, Hazardous Waste/Solid Waste, Toxics and Superfund  •
Programs.

    Compounds are prepared Individually as 1.5 ml solutions In water-misclble
solvents sealed 1n all-glass ampuls.  A data sheet with each ampul contains
general chemical data, solution specifications, storage and preservation
recommendations, Information on purity and health hazards, and safe handling
Instructions.

    Three grades of materials will be distributed:

         Quality Assurance Standards (QAS) > 99 percent purity
         Quality Assurance Reagents (QAR) 95-98 percent purity
         Quality Assurance Technical Materials (QAT) < 95 percent purity

    The Repository will move as many compounds as possible from the QAT and QAR
categories Into the QAS category by use of purification techniques.  Exceptions are
nultlcomponent materials such as PCBs, toxaphene, ehlordane and halowaxes which will
be categorized as QAR or QAT and will not be purified further.  The current IJst of
the Repository materials distributed 1s given 1n the following table:        1

-------
Hit 3 Continued   Th« (JStM  MootUcry for Tosle and
                                                                  Hflt*f1«1i
                   Concentration! irt  5,000  ug  of  QAS«purt compound  ptr «(.
                        of methanol  solvent unlesi otherwise notad.
C001 Aesnaphth«ns
£002 Aero1«1n**
£003 Aery Ion Urns (10,000 ug/iH)
£004 Bcnztna (10,000 ug/nH.)
EOOS B«nz1d1nt
E006 Chlorobfnztne (10,000 ug/flt)
£007 1,2,4-TMchlorobinztne
EOOS Htxaehlorobenzene (1000 ug/mL)*
E009 1,2-01ch1orb«thane (10,000 ug/ml)
E010 1,1,1-TMchloroethane
       (10,000 ugMMQM)
E011 Hexachloroethanc
£012 1,1-01eh1oroethane (10,000 ug/ml)
£013 1,1,2-TMchloroethane
       (10,000 ug/mL)(QAR)
£014 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
       (10,000 ug/mL)(QAR)
E015 Chlorotthant (11,000 ug/mL)***
E016 b1s(2-Ch1oroethy1) ether
EOT7 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether (QAR)
£018 2-Chloronaphthalene
£019 2,4,6-Trlchlorophenol
£020 p-Chloro-m»creso1
£021 Chloroform (10,000 ug/ni)
£022 2-Chlorophenol
£023 1,2-01chlorobenzene
£025 1,4-01chlorobenzene
£026 3,3>-01ch1orobenz1d1ne
£028 trans-1,2-01chloroethylene
       (11,500 ug/ml)
£029 2,4-Olchlorophenol
£030 1,2-01chloropropane (10,000 ug/mL)
£033 2,4-01n1troto1uene
£034 2,6-01n1trotoluene
£036 Ethyl benzene (10,000 ug/mL)
£037 Fluoranthane
£038 4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether
£039 4-8romopheny1 phenyl ether
£040 b1s(2-Ch1@ro1sopropy1) ether (QAR)
£041 b1s(2-Ch1oroethoxy) methane (QAft)
£042 Hethylene chloride (10,000 uq/mL)
£043 Methyl chloride (4,500 ug/mL)***
£044 Methyl bromide (9940 ug/raL)***
£046 Dlchlorobromomethane (10.000 ug/mL)
£050 Hexachlorobutadlene (QAR)
£051 Hexachlorocyclopentadlene
£052 Isophorone
£053 Naphthalene
£054 Nitrobenzene
£055 2-N1tropheno1
£056 4-N1tropheno1
£057 2,4-01n1trophenol  (QAR)
£058
EOS9
£060 N-l
£061 M-N1trosod1-fl-propy1tffl1nt
E062
£053
£064 b1«(2-£thy1 hexyl) phthalate
£065 Butyl benzyl phthalate
£066 01-n-toutyl phthalati
£067 01-n-octyl phthalate
£063 01ethyl phthalatt
£069 Dimethyl
£070 Benzo
£071 Benzo
£072 Benzo
£073 Benzo
                                                         anthracene (1,000 ug/mL)
                                                         pyrtne (1,000 ug/mLHQAfi)1
                                                         fluoranthene
                                                         fluoranthene
                                            £074 Chrysene (1,000 ug/aL
2,500 ug/mL)*
1,000 ug/mL)*
                                            £075 Acenaphthylene (QAR)
                                            £076 Anthracene (1,000 ug/nt)*
                                            £077 Benzo(g,h,1)pery1ene  (1,000 ug/nt)**
                                            £078 Fluorene (QAR)
                                            £079 Phenanthrene
                                            £081 Indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene  (500 ug/mL)*
                                            £082 Pyrene (1,000 ugM)
                                            £083 Tetrachloroethylene (10,000 ug/mL)
                                            £084 Toluene (10,000 ugM)
                                            £085 Tr1 chl oroethylene (10,000 ug/ml)
                                            £088 Oleldrln
                                            £089 Chlordane (QAT)
                                            £091 4,4'-DOE
                                            £092 4,4'-000
                                            £093 alpha-Endosulfan**
                                            £094 beta-Entio$ylfin**
                                            £095 Endosulfan sulfate (QAR)
                                            £096 EndHn (QAR)
                                            £097 EndHn aldehyde
                                            £098 Heptachlor
                                            E099 Heptachloj* epoxlde
                                            £100 alpha-BHC (2,500 ugM)
                                            £101 beta-BHC (2,500 ugM)*
                                            £102 gama-BHC (Llndane)
                                            £103 delta-BHC (1000 ygM)
                                            £104 PC8«Aroclor 1242 (QAT)
                                            £105 PCB-Aroclor 1254 (QAT)
                                            £107 PCB-Aroclor 1232 (QAT
                                            £108 PCB-Aroclor 1248 (QAT
                                            £109 PCB-Aroclor 1260 (QAT
                                            £110 PCB-Aroclor 1016 (QAT)
                                            El11 Toxaphene (QAT)
                                            £124 4,4'-DOT (QAR)
                                            £126 PCB-Aroclor 1221  (QAT)
                                            £130 PCB-Aroelor 1262 (QAT)
 *In Acetone    **In para-Oloxane
 +ln Methylent  chloHde
                                    ***In 2-Propanol    ****in AcetonltrUe

-------
  Hit 3 Continued   The
                                Heoo*Uory for Toatc me murdou* Hater Uli
                    Concentration! are 5,000
                  of nethanol  to1 vent un1e»i
                                             ug of QAS-pure compound per nil
                                             otherwlte noted,  (continued)
£150
£151
£152
'131 PCI-Aroclor  12M (2,500 ugM)*  OAT)
 136 Broflwchloronwthane (10,000 ugM)
SI 49 2,4-01ch1oroto1uene
     2«Ch1oroto1uene
     3-CH1oroto1uene
     4-Chlorotoluene (QAM)
El 53 4-Ch1orobenzetr1f1uor1de
El 56 Pentachloronltrobettiene
El 68 alpha, alpha, 2, 6-Tetrachlorotoluene
E169 Benzyl chloride (QAR)****
El 70 2,3-01ch1oro-1-propy1ene
       (10,000 ugM)
E171 1,2-01brontoethane (EDB) (10,000 ug/mL)
E173 c1$-l,2-01ch1oroethy1«ne
       (10,000 ua/mL)(QAR)
       2,3-Trlchlorobenzene
       3,5-Trlchlorobinzene
     1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
       (2,500 ugMKQAR)*
E175
E176
El 77
     1,
     1
El 79 2,4,5-Trlchlorophenol (QAR)
El 80 2,4,6-Tr1ch1oroan111ne
E182 3-Chlorophenol
£183 4-Chlorophenol
£200 Chlorodlbromomethane
       (10,000 ug/mL)(QAR)
E201 ortho-Xylene
^202 meta-Xylene
£203 para-Xylene
£212 Bromoform (10,000 ug/mL)(QAR)
£21 4 1 , 3-01 ch 1 orobenzene
£218 els & trans 1,3-01 eh loropropylene (QAR)
£219 M1rex (1,000 ug/mL)*
£220 Aldrln
E222 2,3,5-Trlchlorophenol (OAR)
£224 2, 4-01methyl phenol (QAR)
£225 1,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene (2,500 ug/mL
£231 01b«nzo(a,h)anthracene (1,000 ug/mL)**
E236 n-Oecane
£237 n-Undecane
£238 n-Oodecane
E239 n«Tr1decane
£240 n-Tetradecane
£241 n-Pentadecane
£242 n-Heptadecane (2,500 ug/mL)
  E244  n-Nonad«einc (1,000 ug/mL)
  C246  n-Tttracoiant (500 ugM)
  E250  ortho-Cruol (OM)
  E2S1  mta-Crtsol (QAft)
  E252  para-Crtsol
  £255  Olbutyl flthtr
  I2S7  Styrtn*
  E2S8  Eplchlor-ohydrln****
  E260  Ptntachlorobtnzena (2,500 ugM)
  £261  01b«nzofuran
  E262  Olpherryl «th«r
  £263  01pheny1an1ne
  £270  Aery 1 amide (10,000 ugM)
  £271  PyHdlnt (10,000 ugM)
  E282  OUsodecyl phthalate
  £284  Acetone
  £285  Dfethyl ether (4,500 ugM)
  £286  1,2-Epoxybutarie****
  £305  4-Ch1oroan111ne
  E311  Methyl ethyl ketone (10,000 ugM)
  £324  o-N1troan111ne
  £325  m-N1troan111ne
  £330  2,4-01chlorophenoxyacet1c add
         (2,4-0)****
  £342  p-N1troanH1ne
  £360  Carbon tetrachloHde (10,000 ugM)
  £368  1,2,3-THchloropropane
  £470  PCN Halowax 1099 (QAT
  E471  PCN Halowax 1001 (QAT
  £472  PCN Halowax 1000  QAT
  £480  para-01oxane (10,000 ugM)
  £536  Vinyl chloride (4,500 ugM)
  £542  Aniline
  £548  N,N-01nethylformam1de
  £552  2,4,5-TP (Sllvex) (QAR)
) £662  3-NUrophenol
  £713  Pic lor am (1000 ugM)
  £715  Carbofuran
  £952  p,p'-Methoxychlor
  £954  Aldlcarb (1,000 ugM)
  £993  1,2-01bromo-3-ch1oropropane
  £995  Aldlcarb sulfone (1,000 ugM)
  £996  Aldlcarb sulfoxide (1,000 ugM)
 *In Acetone     **In para-01oxane
  •*Methylene chloride
                                       ***In 2-Propanol      ****Aceton1tr11e
                                         -a*-

-------
 Hit 3 Continue   The USEPA Repository for To<1c and Maiardom Hit«f1i1t


                    Concentratloni  are 5(000 ug of QAS-purt coapound ptr «H.
                  of methanol lolvent unless otherwise noted,  (continued)

                            PCSi  at 1,000 ug/ol In 3.5 ml Isooctant

E125 PC8-Aroc1or  1010  (QAT)                   £132 PCB-Aroclor 1242 (QAT)
£129 PCB-Aroclor  1260  (QAT)                   E135 PCB-Aroclor 12S4 (QAT)

              Surrogate  and Inttrntl Standard  for USEPA 6C/MS Xtthods  624 tnd 625
E188 Phcnanthrtnt  -  dio  (150 ug/mL)           £196 1 ,4-01ch1orobuUn«-dg (150 ug/mL)  *
El 89 Phenol  - dc  (100  ug/fll)*                 E197 2-Bromo-l-ch1oropropan«-d« (150ua/mL)(QAT)
El 90 2,4-01methy1 phenol -3,5,6-d3              E198 BromochloroMthane-djJISO ug/mL)
       (QAR)(100 ugM)*                     £199 Benzo(g,h(1)perylene-13c]2(loO ug/mL)*
E191 Pentachlorophenol-^C* (100 ug/mL)*      £232 Fluorobenzene (150 ug/mL)
£192 Dimethyl phthalate  - d« (150 ug/mL)*     £233 4.Bromof1uorobenzene (150 ug/mL)
£193 2-F1uoropheno1  (QAR) (100 ug/mL)*        £234 4,4-Olbromooctafluoroblphenyl (100 ug/mL)*
£194 2-Fluorob1pheny1  (100 ug/mL)*            £776 1,2-01ch1orobenzene-d4 -(ISO-ug/mL)
£195 1-F1uoronaphtha1ene (100 ug/mL)*

     *In Acetone       **In para-Oloxane       ***In 2-Propanol      ****Aceton1tr11e
     *In Methyl Chorlde

-------
fBCTVENaiNERftMNTERION OtSMNEBS
 iferahtnT Sim*. CkfilnnMl. Otto ttl4*
      i13/T7Z-111T
totaled.
           osej
                                     Cat* rjjn trteitBoMfcH
                                                                     No.

                                                                 Job Mo	
                                                                 Ctikd. by	Otl».
                                     BK
                                                      100
                                    Ct*kl  tf
                                               tl*3
                                                                  <}
-------
  N-SERIES  STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES


                          SUGGESTED  SPECIFICATIONS

 The filter housing  shall  be a N-Series Bag-In/Bag-Out housing and shall be man-
 ufactured from 14 gauge T-409 stainless steel unpainted  (14  gauge T-304 stainless
 steel unpainted is also available). The housing shall be  adequately  reinforced to
 withstand a negative or  positive pressure of 10"  water gauge. The  housing shall
 be  side access for  filter installation and change-out.  Housing design and  filter ar-
 rangement  shall allow air to  enter and exit housing without changing direction.
 Housing  shall  accommodate standard gasketed HEPA filters, or carbon adsorbers,
 that do not require special attachments or devices to function properly  in  the
 housing.

 All  weld  joints and seams  shall  be continuously welded.  All weld joints shall  be  vis-
 ually inspected for cracks, underfill,  incomplete  fusion, overlaps,  surface porosity,
 gas pockets, crevices, crater pits and depressions.  All  joints and  seams shall be
 ground smooth and all burrs and sharp edges shall be  removed. All welding procedures,
 welders and welder operators shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Boiler  and
 Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX.

 All  hardware on the housing and mechanical components of the  filter clamping mechan-
 ism are 300 series  stainless  steel except for the threaded  nuts, which are  brass, and
 the access door knobs which are cast aluminum.  Each  tier of filters  is  fitted with a
 filter clamping mechanism  that is operated from outside the housing. The  filter clamp-
 ing mechanism  shall include  pressure  bars with pre-loaded springs  that exert a  mini-
 mum sealing force of 1,200 Ibs.  per filter,  applied as  an even,  uniform  load  along at
 least 80% of the top and bottom of each filter frame.

 Housings with more than  one (1) filter shall have a filter  removal rod to draw the  fil-
 ters to the change-out position. The  filter removal  rod shall  be designed  in a manner
 that allows the housing to be rotated  180° on its' airflow axis and  serve as a left hand
 access unit or  a right hand  access unit at the  users discretion.  The removal rod shall
 operate from inside the change-out bag.  Each housing shall  have a  bagging ring a-
 round  the access port that is sealed  by a removable,  gasketed access door. The bag-
 ging ring shall have two  (2) continuous ribs to secure the plastic change-out bag and
 each ring is hemmed on  its outer edge to prevent the  bag from tearing.

 One (1)  PVC change-out  bag shall be furnished with  each access port.  Bags shall  be
 8 mil thick and amber in  color. Bags  have a translucent, matte finish and  a  1/4" dia.
 elastic shock cord  hemmed into the mouth of the  bag  so when stretched around  the
 bagging  ring it is a secure, snug fit. Bag shall include approximately  12"  of transpar-
 ent PVC at the mouth of the bag and shall have three (3)  glove sleeves  built into the bag
 to assist in the filter change-out. "To prevent the bag from sliding  off the bagging'
 ring during the change-out  operation, one (1)  nylon  security strap with a neoprene
 rubber gasket  sewn on the inside shall  be provided with each access port.

 The filter housing  shall.be manufactured under a quality assurance program  that address-
 es the  requirements of ANSI N45.2, "Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear
 Power Plants".  Housing shall be tested for filter fit, operation  of the  filter clamping mech-
 anism and leak tightness  before leaving the factory. Both the  filter sealing surface and
 the  complete assembly pressure boundary shall be  leak tested  by the  "pressure decay meth-
od"  in accordance with ANSI/ASME N510-1980, "Testing of Nuclear Air-Cleaning Systems"
 paragraph 6 & 7 and guaranteed to meet the leak tightness requirements of ANSI/ASME
 N509-1980,  "Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Components", Table 4-4 "Maximum
 Unit Leakage Rates" for ESF, leakage Class 1.


                                      -a;-

-------
FILTER TRAINS CMODULAR  WELDING  IN SERIES]


 In many cases more than one bank.of filters are required to do the complete
 filtration job,  (for example, when both contaminated participates and gases
 must be filtered from the same air stream, or  when the application requires
 a greater residence time than  one bank of carbon  adsorbers can provide). In
 such cases,  the type and number of filters to go in  each bank is determined,
 the appropriate modules (housings) are constructed and are then welded in
 series one behind the other to create a filter train.  Filter trains can be made
 from any of the standard housings offered by CSC.
                                                                 HCFA 01 High
                                                                Elficl.ncy Filt.l
                      Doufhint Filter
                                    ruin
A  typical 2,000 CFM  Filter Train consisting of: Roughing Filter, HEPA,  Carbon
(1/8 second residence time/bank  =  1/4 second residence time  total),  HEPA. The
door-side filters are  shown outside the housings for identification of the filters.
Filter trains  like this one can be made up from any model size N-Series  Bag-In/
Bag-Out Housings, standard prefilters, HEPA or high efficiency filters, and
Type I (V-Bed) carbon adsorbers.
     Small Filter Train
     (nominal 1000 CFM)
     Prefilter-HEPA /Carbon
Large Filter Train
(nominal 6000 CFM)             ,
Prefilter-HEPA /Carbon /Carbon /HEPA

-------
      FILTER TRAINS  {MODULAR WELDING  IN SERIES!
                   BAG-IN/BAG-OUT FILTER TRAIN
                  (WITH OR WITHOUT BUOWBRS, TRANSITION, BTCJ
,OOO CFM PREFILTBR,
•fEPA/CARBON/CARBON/
HEPA SELF-CONTAINED
1AG-IN/BAG-QUT FILTRATION
SYSTEM
     DESCRIPTION:

     CSC can design and manufacture complete self-contained filter systems. These
     systems  usually include a prefilter,  HEPA filter, carbon adsorber(s), housings
     to contain  these components, and a  blower to provide the necessary airflow.
     These self-contained units can  be sized from very low flows  to many thousand
     CFM. These  units are  designed  to connect to existing ductwork to  provide a
     high efficiency filter system  for existing  fume hoods, glove boxes,  or any other
     process air exhaust system that has dangerous effluents. CSC's self-contained
     filter system  has many features  not  found in other designs.  These  features in-
     clude the following:

     • CSC can supply entire prepackaged, pretested  units.

     • Detailed engineering to assure compatibility between  housing,  its components,
       and blower.

     « Minimize installation problems.

     • Quick delivery.

     • Ready to connect to existing  ductwork.
     • Ready to be wired to  existing electrical system.


      FOR COMPLETE  INFORMATION ON CSC'S CUSTOM AND SELF-CONTAINED
      SYSTEMS,  CALL OR  WRITE FOR CSC BULLETIN No.  483E.

-------
                     INTRODUCTION  TO HBQA

                                 WHAT  IS A  HECA?

 In order to be called  a High Efficiency Gas Adsorber  (i.e.,  HECA).  the adsorber must
 exhibit a minimum *mechanical efficiency of 99.9% when tested in accordance with IES
 Designation: RP-8, "Gas Phase Adsorber Cell", which supercedes IES (AACC) CS-8.
 In additior, the adsorber must be  designed, built,  filled,  and packaged in accordance
 with the intent of this standard. Since HECA  filters are manufactured In several  dif-
 ferent sizes and of several  different materials, this standard  is not always followed to
 the letter, but it  is the  intent of the standard and the  resulting performance of these
 adsorbers  that is  important. This type of adsorber  is not  intended to be used in odor
 control systems.  However, if  the user  needed  a very efficient odor control system, and
 could justify the higher  initial and operating cost, then this type of adsorber  would do
 an excellent job. The following comparison between  an odor control type adsorber  vs. a
 HECA  may help:

     An odor  control  type adsorber compared to a HECA  is like comparing an
     ASHRAE type particulate filter to a HEPA. The odor control type adsorber
     (like  the ASHRAE type particulate filter)  has a  low efficiency, low pres-
     sure drop, and low  cost. On the other hand, the HECA (like the  HEPA)
     has a higher efficiency, higher pressure drop,  and  higher cost. Both ad-
     sorbers have their place  in industry, but  because of these major differ-
     ences they are not usually interchangeable.
                             WHERE ARE HEGA'S USED?
HECA's are most often used in "containment" air filtration systems. Containment air
filtration systems are very high efficiency systems,  used to filter out and contain
dangerous particulate and/or  gaseous contaminants. Containment systems are most often
designed to treat exhaust air  from contaminated spaces,  but occasionally are used in
supply and recirculated air systems. Examples of facilities  using these systems are:
     Nuclear Power Plants
     Cancer Research Laboratories
     Toxicology Laboratories
     Animal Disease Research Laboratories
     Chemical Agent Research Facilities
Bomb Shelters (CBR)
Radiopharmaceutical  Plants
Laboratories using Chemical Carcinogens
Chemical Agent Munitions Disposal
    Facilities
                            HOW DOES A HECA WORK?

A HECA filters gaseous contaminants from an airstream by  adsorbing these contaminants
(see page 14 for explanation of "Types of Adsorption"). With a properly designed system
(i.e., selection of the proper adsorber, adsorbent and residence time)  any adsorbable
contaminant can be filtered  and contained  (see page  10 for "Carbon  Specifications" and
page 1.5 for explanation of "Residence Time").


* See "Efficiency vs.  Penetration" on page  14.

-------
                           HBGA SELECTION
The following will assist the designer by answering questions that  should  be nrMressed
when designing a system requiring HEGA's.

    1. Should I  use a Type I or Type II HECA?
       (see pages 12 & 13)

    2. Which type of carbon do I need?
       (see page 10)

    3. What residence time do I need?
       (see  pages 4 &  15)

    H. Do I  need samplers and how can  I  tell when  to change HEGA's?
       (see pages 11 & 16)

    5. What materials should I specify for the HEGA frame? Stainless Steel? Plastic?
       (see pages 4-9)
                    DESIGN  CONSIDERATIONS
 The following items should be considered when designing the filtration  system:

 - Any system filtering dangerous contaminants should use Bag-In/Bag-Out housings
   to contain  the contaminated filters and protect maintenance personnel during filter
   change-out.
 - High Efficiency or HEPA filters should be provided upstream of HEGA filters to
   prevent the adsorber from trapping particulates and thereby increasing the adsor-
   ber's pressure drop.

 - In systems where both particulates and gaseous filtration is required, high efficiency
   or HEPA filters should also be located, downstream of the adsorber to  collect any fines
   (which might be contaminated) released from the adsorbent material and to act  as a
   back-up in case the  first particulate filter should fail.

 - Filter trains can be easily constructed with any combination of roughing filters, high
   efficiency filters, HEPA filters and adsorbers (see pages  12 6 13 for examples).

 - An in-place test of both adsorbers and HEPA filters is required for nuclear systems
   and  is becoming a more frequent requirement in many critical non-nuclear systems.
   The  in-place test,  if required, should be  discussed with a factory representative
   prior to the selection of equipment so that the system will be correctly designed to
   facilitate the test.  In-place test equipment and service personnel are  available  from
   CSC to assist in the  original installation and testing.

 -  The  filtration  system should be manufactured under a good quality  assurance pro-
   gram such as  one that addresses  the requirements of ANSI N45.2 "Quality Assurance
   Program  Requirements for Nuclear Power  Plants".

-------
                      TYPES  OF  ADSORPTION
 There are three types of adsorption that concern us:  (1) Kinetic,  (2) Isotopic Exchange
 and (3)  Complexing or Chemisorption.
 KINETIC: Kinetic adsorption of a gas molecule or elemental vapor is the physical attrac-
 tion of the molecule to the carbon granule  by electrostatic forces. These forces, as they
 apply to small particles, are governed by Van der Walls theories, and these attraction
 forces are termed Van der Walls forces.  Since these forces are physical in nature, the
 forces can be undone by physical effort. Thus,  high temperature, high humidity, or
 other natural causes may cause an adsorbed contaminant to desorb.

 Generally, the higher the boiling point and the larger the molecule size, and the lower
 the melting temperature is, the easier the  molecule is to kinetically adsorb, and the more
 permanently it is  held once it is adsorbed.
 ISOTOPIC EXCHANGE: A second adsorption is isotopic exchange. Radioactive materials
 usually have a family of isotopes. If a stable isotope is  adsorbed on the  carbon initially,
 an unstable isotopic compound  will, when it comes into close proximity to the  stable form
 of the element, exchange the isotopes. The stable form is now on the airborne molecule,
 and the  radioactive is on the molecular structure of the impregnant. An example of this
 is to impregnate carbon  with KI3. The radioactive form of iodine in the organic form...
 CH.I..., will isotopically exchange with  the iodine on the carbon. This exchange is non-
 directional, which means the adsorbed (exchanged) radioactive'species of iodine may
 very well exchange again, and the result will be a different airborne radioactive methyl
 iodide molecule. This new radioactive molecule may again isotopically exchange with stable
 iodines on the carbon in the KI3 impregnant, and so on, until the  radioactive iodine is
 delayed  long enough to decay into stable  xenon.
 COMPLEXINC OR CHEMISORPTION: A third capture mechanism  is chemisorption. This is
 the actual complexing, or attaching chemically, of a radioactive  iodine species to a  stable
 impregnant that has the  ability to share electrons. Once the iodine  is complexed, it does
 NOT desorb similar to the isotopic exchange. However,  it may desorb similar to  the kinet-
 ic adsorption discussed.  But if it does, the entire impregnant desorbs from the carbon,
 not just the iodine. An example of this is to impregnate the carbon  with  Tri-ethylene-di-
 amine (TEDA) or some other tertiary amine product.

 To take advantage of both impregnates and  capture mechanisms,  carbon  can  be co-impreg-
 nated. This allows the carbon to be used as a kinetic adsorber,  an  isotopic exchange me-
 dium, and  a complexing agent.  As long as the, operating conditions  are kept within nor-
 mal bounds, the carbon will perform as required. It will perform under high humidity
 conditions  and undar high temperature conditions better than a  single impregnate.  How-
 ever, some data indicate that the iodine of  the  KI3 impregnate has a tendency to migrate
 to the molecule of the TEDA impregnate.  CSC  is not sure of the implications of this action.
 CSC recommends a co-impregnated carbon until some adverse action is clearly documented.

                EFFICIENCY  VS. PENETRATION
There is often confusion  between  "efficiency" and "penetration"  of contaminants thru a
carbon bed.

Efficiency is the ability of the carbon  to remove a desired contaminant. Methyl Iodide ef-
ficiency,  for example, is  determined by challenging the  carbon with an actual  methyl io-
dide vapor. The amount of the contaminant  upstream of the carbon is  known, and the
amount that is collected on "back-up"  beds  is measured. The efficiency of that carbon
sample to remove methyl  iodide  is easily calculated by comparing the counts of the carbon
sample to  the counts  on  the back-up beds. Test parameters such  as  temperature  and re-
lative humidity greatly affect the  efficiency.

Penetration, on the other hand, is a term used to indicate the degree of leak tightness
for installed carbon systems. The installed  system is subjected to a test gas that is easily
adsorbed, such as  Freon 11*. The penetration, or by-pass of the Freon is measured •
downstream of the  filter, and that amount is compared to the amount measured upstream
of the filter.  A penetration value  in percent is easily calculated from the collected data.
This is also termed mechanical efficiency.
*FREON is a  registered trademark of Dupont.

-------
                             RESIDENCE TIME
Residence time  is the term given to the time that a gas stream contacts a carbon bed,
For example, if a carbon  bed were a foot  thick, and  the air stream moved at one foot
per minute,  the residence time would be one minute.  It would  take one minute  for a
gas molecule to move through the  bed.

Typically, the carbon bed is one inch thick,  and the air  velocity is  40 feet per minute.
What would the residence time  be  in that situation? The  residence time c
-------
                   DECONTAMINATION r-xo i m-i

The  Decontamination Factor is  the  ratio of the concentration of a contaminant in the un-
treated air to the concentration of the contaminant  in the treated air.
if anyone ask what the Decontamination Factor  (DF) of a filter is, the answer can  be ob
tained by calculating the  RECIPROCAL of the penetration expressed  as a  fraction,  or
EXAMPLE:  What is  DF of a filter whose penetration is  H0%?

DF = cL.   ;  DF = -Ij     ;  DF = 2.5
(1) 0.1%?   ;  DF = 7rLrr    ;  DF = 1.000
(2) 50%?    ;  DF = -^     ;  DF = 2
              FILTERING CHEMICAL CARCINOGENS
 At the time of this writing,  to the best of CSC's knowledge, there is no written  standard
 establishing the best filter system design for removing chemical carcinogens. However; it
 is generally acknowledged that a properly designed filtration system to remove these con-
 taminants should be as follows:

         1.  HEPA filters should be used to trap dangerous particulates and protect the
             carbon filters from collecting particulates and thereby increasing the ad-
             sorber's pressure drop.

         2.  Carbon filters must:
             - Exhibit a minimum mechanical efficiency of 99.9% (i.e.,  HEGA)
             - Use high quality coconut  shell activated carbon
             - Be sized  for approximately 0.125 second residence time

         3.  All  filters should  be installed in "Bag-In/Bag-Out" Housings to
             protect maintenance personnel and the environment .

         4.  Filtration system designs should have provisions for pulling sam-
             ples of air  or carbon for laboratory analysis (to assist in determin-
             ing when carbon adsorbers need changing).

         5.  The disposal of hazardous waste (i.e., spent HEPA and HEGA filters)
             should also be considered.  Hazardous waste incinerators  are becoming
             very popular for this purpose.

         6.  The filtration system  should be manufactured under a good quality
             assurance  program such as one that addresses the requirements of
             ANSI  N45.2 "Quality Assurance Program  Requirements for Nuclear
             Power  Plants".

-------
         SOME RANDOM THOUGHTS ON  CARBON

             AND ADSORPTION  OF MATERIALS


 The following are some random thoughts that will help you to form a general idea of the
 carbon filter technology. These comments are to be considered as general axioms, and the
 reader should  be able to "fill"  in some  of the unknown  factors when strange situations a-
 rlse. However, there Is no substitute for expert advise and  opinion, and the  reader is
 urged to contact CSC for any technical problem beyond the ability of the reader.

 1.  Elemental iodine  is adsorbed  by  attraction of the iodine to the  carbon. This is called
    kinetic adsorption.

 2.  Methyl iodide, which comes  from elemental iodine (1131) combining with methane must
    be adsorbed by  chemisorption, usually  in the form of isotopic exchange when  Kl car-
    bon is used,  or  complexing  when  TEOA  carbon  is used.

 3.  The recommended design velocity  for methyl iodide is 0.25 seconds residence time per
    two inch bed. Recent tests  have shown  that the carbon will perform  as required at
    twice  that velocity.. .or half that residence time, for  a limited time period.
 4.  As the humidity increases, the ability of the carbon  to perform is adversely affected.
    However, the carbon must perform at  95% relative  humidity In order  to meet ANSI
    N509 Table 5-1 requirements. (See Table on Page 2).
 5.  As the temperature decreases, the carbon is adversely affected to a  small degree.
    However, the carbon must perform as required  at  30°C.  It will perform better at 80°C
    since  many of the easily adsorbed materials, such as moisture, are driven off  the
    carbon at that temperature.
 6.  The heavier the molecular weight of a  material,  the easier  it is to adsorb.
 7.  The higher the boiling temperature of a material,  the easier to adsorb.

 8.  The converse of 6 & 7 is true.
 9.  One gram of 60% active carbon (as measured by carbon tetrachloride) has a surface
    area of about 1,000 square meters.
10.  The adsorption  coefficient  of carbon is the amount,  by weight,  that the carbon will
    adsorb of a given material.  For  example, the adsorption coefficient of Freon 11 is
    about 20-25%. That is, 100 pounds of carbon will hold 20-25 pounds  of Freon  11.
11.  Some hard to adsorb materials can be dislodged by easier to adsorb  materials.  For
    example. Acetic  anhydride may drive off acetone.  Acetone  may  drive  off acetalhyde,
    and acetalhyde may drive off acetylene.
12.  The lower the concentration of a material, the harder to achieve  a high  removal per-
    centage.
13.  One gram of carbon will adsorb  one  milligram of iodine.  The total  inventory of iodine
    in  any system is very  small.
14.  Since  carbon  will adsorb anything adsorbable,  it can be "poisoned" by  harmless mater-
    ials,  and not be able  to adsorb  the  material  that it was designed  to  control. That is
    why the carbon  should always be protected  from fumes that will harm it.

15.  Shelf  life of carbon in properly  packaged drums or in filters having a vapor barrier
    of  some kind,  can be  as long as five (5) years. CSC recommends that the carbon
    over three  years old be retested to  assure that it continues to meet the efficiency
    requirements  of  the original specifications.
16.  Methyl iodide adsorbs-desorbs-adsorbs thru  the bed, exchanging iodine  at each junc-
    ture.  That  is, methyl iodide can be  radioactive-stable-radioactive-stable until it de-
    cays  into harmless xenon.
17.  Elemental iodine, once adsorbed, usually stays adsorbed due to the different adsorp-
    tion mechanism.
18.  Ideal partical size distribution of 8x16 mesh  carbon will produce a 0.88 in. w.g. pressure
    drop at 40  ft./mln. in  a 2H  bed; 6x14 mesh  carbon will produce a 0.66 in. w.g. pressure
    drop under the  same conditions.

-------
          APPENDIX B
TOXIC SUBSTANCE CONTROL MANUAL

-------
        TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL MANUAL
      POLICIES AND REGULATIONS FOR CONTROL
     OF TOXIC SUBSTANCES IN THE LABORATORY
A. W. BREIDENBACH ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER
      U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
      OFFICE  OF  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
            CINCINNATI, OHIO 45268

                  August 1982

-------
                                FOREWORD
     This manual was prepared by the Hazardous Materials Handling Guide-
lines Task Group of the Hazardous  Materials Subcommittee to provide
laboratory personnel and supervisors a positive control program for the
safe use of toxic chemicals.
     Policies,  regulations and recommendations are in compliance with
Chapter 8 of the Environmental Protection  Agency's Occupational Health
and Safety Manual entitled Laboratory Use  of Toxic Substances.  In
addition, the Task Group used a document from the Environmental Monitor-
ing Systems Laboratory in Las Vegas as a source of additional  information
for the present manual.
     A basis for positive control  of toxics is presented although no
attempt is made to present specific solutions to all  the variety of
problems and conditions that  may arise in  laboratory  situations. Never-
theless, sufficient information is presented to enable users to incorpo-
rate adequate safety into experiments with toxic materials.
     For assistance and information regarding the acquisition, safe
handling, use,  storage,  and disposal  of toxic substances,  contact the
Chief Safety Officer,  George  A.  Bodmer,  Room 201,  St.  Clair  Building,
Extension 7269.
     Hazardous  Materials Handing Guidelines Task Group Members:
                 //. ^Sfa-^fc&t^/             Richard  A.  Dobbs, Chairman
                                             George A.  Bodmer
                                             Carl  I.  Rybak
                           l_               Stephen  Billets
                                     ii

-------
Concurrence by AWBERC Officials:
                                       Gerald Berg, Ph.D., Chairman
                                       Hazardous Materials Committee

                                       William A. Cawley, Moderator
                                       Occupational Health & Safety Committee

                                       David G. Stephan, Ph.D.
                                       Senior Official, ORD

                                       William A. Benoit, Director
                                       Office of Administration

                                       Robert L. Booth
                                       Acting Director, EMSL

                                       Richard J. Bull, Ph.D..Director
                                       Toxicology and Microbiology
                                       Division, HERL
                                       David G. Stephan, Ph.D.
                                       Director, IERL
                                       Francis T.  Mayo
                                        irector,  MERL

                                       L.  A.  Van  Den Berg
                                       Director,  TSD

                                       Jerry F.  Stara, Ph.D.
                                       Director,  ECAO

                                       Calvin 0.  Lawrence
                                       Director,  CERI
                                   m

-------
                               TABLE  OF  CONTENTS
                                                                       Page
Foreword . ^	    ]1
     Concurrence	   iii
I.   Policy and Responsibilities
     Policy      	     ^
     Purpose 	     1
     Background  	     1
     Prime Responsibilities  	     4
II.  Health and Safety Program
     Safety Plan	     11
     Inventory Control 	    11
     Medical  Surveillance  	    13
     Records	.  .  .	    14
     Training	    1.5
     Audit	  .    17
III. Engineering Controls and Work Practices
     Control  Strategies  	    18
     Requisitioning    	    23
     Receiving	    24
     Packaging and Shipping  	    24
     Disposal	    25
     Facility Requirements 	    26
     Operational Practices 	    27
     Personnel  Practices   	    32
IV.  Additional Requirements for Animal  Experiments  	    37
                                    iv

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)
                                                                   Page
V.   Emergency Procedures
     Minor Spills Involving Minimal Toxic Hazards to Personnel .  .    39
     Major Spills  Involving Toxic Hazards to Personnel  	    40
     Accidents Involving Dust, Mists, Fumes, Organic Vapors & Gases  41
     Fires and Other Emergencies	  42
     First Aid    	  43
APPENDIX
A.   Controlled Toxic Substances  	  45
     1.   NIOSH's Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical
          Substances	  46
     2.   Carcinogen Assessment Group's List of Carcinogenicity .  .  47
     3.   OHSA's List of Regulated Carcinogens  	  53
B.   Toxic Substance Safety Plan	  54
C.   Occupational Health and Safety Staff,  Laboratory Directors,
     and Toxic Substances Committee Members  	  .  	  58
D.   Toxic Substance Chemical Inventory, Running Inventory
     Sheets,  and Toxic Chemical/Environmental  Sample Log  Sheet  .  .  60
E.   Periodic Health Assessment 	  63
F.   Location of Carcinogen Dilution Laboratory and
     Limited  Access Areas  	    65
G.   Packaging, Marketing, Labeling, and Shipping of Toxic
     Substances Used by Laboratories   	    66
H.   Primary  Containment Equipment   	    70

-------
                      TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL MANUAL
                      I.  POLICY AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A.  POLICY
     The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency  is committed to providing
S6fe and healthful working conditions in  laboratories where toxic  sub-
stances are used.  This Manual was prepared as part of  a program to ensure
a safe and healthful work environment in  areas where toxic substances  are
used or stored.  An additional objective  is to prevent  or minimize the
release of toxic substances to the environment.
B.  PURPOSE
     This Manual establishes policy, responsibilities,  and procedures for
the conduct of the Agency occupational health  and safety program for the
laboratory use of toxic substances.  Specifically, (1)  it defines the
responsibilities of all personnel involved in  the use of toxic substances,
(2) it details health and safety program  requirements,  (3) it describes the
work practices and engineering controls that must be used in all labora-
tories, and (4) it provides guidelines necessary for carrying out these
responsibilities.
C.  BACKGROUND
     Executive Order 12196, 29 CFR 1960,  and Chapter 8  of the EPA Occupa-
tional Health and Safety Manual requires  the EPA to provide safe and
healthful working conditions for its employees.  The EPA is responding to
this requirement with an adaptation of the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services'  Laboratory Use of Chemical Carcinogens, NIH Publication No.
81-2385,  May 1981.

-------
                                  -2-
     An interagency subcommittee,  which included an EPA representative,
developed the Department of Health and Human Services' Guidelines.  The
control measures given in the Guidelines consist of the laboratory work
practices and engineering controls necessary to protect laboratory
workers from exposure to carcinogenic (or other highly toxic) substances.
In addition, the Guidelines provide alternative control measures which
are less demanding for low risk situations and more demanding for high
risk situations.
     1.  Basis of the Guidelines.   The Guidelines are based on the
assumption that any exposure to a chemical carcinogen, regardless of how
small, carries some risk.  While complete elimination of exposures is
the ideal objective, this is not always obtainable.  However, the potential
for exposures must be reduced to the lowest practicable level.
     The application of these Guidelines to a specific laboratory activ-
ity must be based on the judgment of the Principal  Investigator, who is
responsible for the safety of his or her laboratory operations.  No set
of guidelines can be applied uniformly to every situation.  It is imper-
ative, therefore, that the Principal Investigator assess those variables
peculiar to each planned activity in establishing appropriate safeguards.
Variables that require specific attention include (1) toxicity, (2)
quantity of the toxic substance to be used, (3) physical and chemical
properties of the agent, and (4) the type of experimental  procedures
in which the toxic substances will be used.
     2.  Substances Considered Toxic.  A toxic substance is any material
which can produce injurious or lethal effects on contact with the body
and so present an environmental health hazard.  Such substances may be

-------
                                   -3-
solids, liquids, or gases, including  fumes, mists, and vapors.  Of
special concern are those substances  that exhibit acute toxicity and
those that have known or suspected carcinogenic, mutagenic, or terato-
genic potential.  Specifically included in the definition of toxic
substances are environmental samples  containing, or suspected of con-
taining, any of these substances.
     Toxicity is relative and refers  to harmful effects on biological
mechanisms.  The term relative toxicity is commonly used in comparing
the harmful effects of one chemical or physical agent with another.
Toxicity is the inherent potency of a material or combination of materials
to produce  biological injury or harm.  The hazard is the possibility
that the material will cause injury when a specific amount is used under
specific external conditions.  Control of exposure still remains the
most effective means of preventing injury from hazardous chemicals.
     Substances considered toxic for  purposes of this Manual are listed
in Appendix A.  The Appendix consists of three separate parts as described
below and includes substances exhibiting chronic and acute toxicity.
The ultimate criterion in this Manual for classifying a substance as
toxic is the degree of hazard that the substance may pose to the health
of laboratory employees.  Since persons, in addition to the Director,
Occupational Health and Safety Staff  (OHSS), may make this determination,
the Manual  includes the sources of the lists and selection criteria for
reference.  The lists,  which may be added to locally,  will  be up-dated by
the Director,  OHSS, at least annually.  The  three parts include:

-------
                                    -4-
     a.  Selected compounds from the National Institute for
         Occupational Safety and Health's Registry of Toxic
         Effects of Chemical Substances.
     b.  Carcinogen Assessment Group's List of Carcinogens.
     c.  Occupational Safety and Health Administration's
         List of Regulated Carcinogens.
D.  PRIME RESPONSIBILITIES
     The following are responsibilities imposed by Executive Order 12196,
29 CFR 1960, and Chapter 8 of the EPA Occupational Health and Safety Manual.
    1.  Assistant Administrators(AA) and Regional  Admim'strators(RA)
    Assistant and Regional Administrators are responsible for developing
and implementing a health and safety program for laboratories under their
organizational  jurisdiction which use toxic substances.   AA's and RA's
must coordinate the development of their health and safety program with
the Director, OHSS, and must submit their health and safety programs to
the Director for review to assure consistency of these programs throughout
the EPA.
    The AA for  the Office of Administration (OA),  as the Designated
Agency Safety and Health Official,  is responsible  for administering the
EPA's health and safety programs for laboratory use of toxic substances.
The AA for OA must ensure the allocation of adequate resources in the
EPA's Zero Base Budget to support and monitor these programs and must
identify,  with  designated object class codes,  the  resources as required
by OMB Circular No. A-ll.

-------
                                    -5-
    2.  Laboratory Directors
    Each Laboratory Director is responsible for  implementing  the  health
and safety program for the laboratory  use of toxic substances  at  their
reporting unit.  (See EPA Occupational Health and Safety Manual,  Chapter
1, paragraph 5, for a detailed description of health and safety responsi-
bilities).  The Laboratory Director  is charged with assuring  that  any
Principal Investigator using toxic substances is qualified by  training or
experience, has the equipment and facilities to  handle the materials safe-
ly, and proposes a use which is safe to all concerned.  The Laboratory
Director is also responsible for assuring the completion of semi-annual
program reviews and audits.
     3.  The Toxic Substances Committee
     The Toxic Substances Committee  by order of  the Senior ORD official
(ref: see below) is responsible for  aiding and advising the Laboratory
Directors on employee health and safety matters  and policies  and pro-
cedures for the Agency occupational  health and safety program  for  handling
toxic substances in the laboratory.  (See EPA Occupational Health  and
Safety Manual, Chapter 5, paragraph 4, for a detailed description  of the
health and safety responsibilities).  The Committee should include or have
access to individuals who possess expertise in chemistry, toxicology,
medicine, engineering, and laboratory  safety.
     In managing the toxic substances program the Toxic Substances Committee:
     a.  Reviews and approves Safety Plans prepared by each Principal
         Investigator and forwards plans and protocols to the  Chief
         Safety Officer.
(Memorandum dated January 11, 1978, "Occupational Health and Safety Committee.
D. G.  Stephan and W.  J.  Benoit).

-------
                                    -6-
     b.  Develops appropriate and timely policies and guidelines to  assure
         the safety of EPA personnel and protect the general public  from
         exposures to toxic substances.   Such policies and guidelines  are
         designed on the premises that
         .  no unwarranted restrictions  will be imposed on project operations
         or on the selection and use of  any type or amount of toxic  substance(s);
         and
         .  all means of preventing contamination of equipment and facilities
         used in low level experiments will be taken.
     c.  Advises the Laboratory Directors on proposed use(s) of toxic
         substances prior to the acquisition or use of such substances.
     d.  Acts as a Review Board in matters of health and safety as related
         to use of toxic substances and  advises the Laboratory Directors
         on approval/disapproval of proposed projects in which these
         materials are to be used.
     e.  Acts as a Board of Inquiry in toxic substances spills and
         accidents that result in exposures.  (The Committee may
         investigate accidents irrespective of exposure potential.)
     f.  Advises the Laboratory Directors on specific programs for Health
         Surveillance.
     4.  Chief Safety Officer
     The Chief Safety Officer, appointed by the Director of Administration,
provides advice and assistance to the Laboratory Directors in developing,
organizing, directing,  and evaluating their health and safety programs for
laboratory use of toxic substances.   In  addition,  the Chief Safety Officer
must:

-------
                                     -7-
     a.  Approve all requisitions for toxic materials and ensure that an
         approved Toxic Substance Safety Plan is available and a Material
         Safety Data Sheet accompanies the requisition.
     b.  Maintain inventories of specified toxic and hazardous materials.
     c.  Coordinate the reporting of any accident involving exposure
         (inoculation, ingestion, dermal contact, or inhalation) to a
         toxic substance, in accordance with the procedures detailed
         in Chapter 3 of the Occupational Health and Safety Manual.
         In addition, a copy of this type of accident report must be
         incorporated in the employee's medical record.
     d.  Coordinate record keeping and medical monitoring programs.
     e.  Serve on Toxic Substances Committee.
     f.  Establish a system for safe disposal of toxic substances and
         contaminated residues.
     g.  Keep Laboratory Safety Officers informed of bulletins and special
         programs issued by the OHSS.
     5.  Laboratory Safety Officer
     The Laboratory Safety Officer, appointed by the individual Laboratory
Directors,  serves as a member of the Toxic Substances Committee and in
this capacity has the primary responsibility for carrying out the essential
features of the toxic substances control program at the laboratory level.
Thus, he:
     a.  Ensures overall  safety in the handling and use of toxic substances.
     b.  Enforces regulations and policies in all matters pertaining to
         toxic substances.

-------
                                   -8-
     c.   Maintains  records  on  inventory  and  history  of  all  toxic sub-
         stances  from  time  of  arrival  to  final  disposition.
     d.   Supervises disposal of  all toxic  substances and  wastes.
     e.   Directs  and assists in  survey and decontamination  activities
         required following an uncontrolled  release  or  accident.
     f.   Maintains  and  posts current  list  of personnel  authorized access
         to  controlled  limited access  areas.
     g.   Makes  documented inspections  of  storage  and working  areas to
         ensure compliance  with  established  procedures.
     h.   Coordinates accident  reporting  and  record keeping.
     i.   Distributes manuals,  pamphlets,  and memoranda  to personnel  as
         required on toxic  substances  practice  and procedures and main-
         tains  the  timeliness  of such  information by referral to current
         periodicals, Chemical/Environmental Log  Sheets,  and  the literature.
     6-   Principal  Investigator
     The  Principal  Investigator  on  a project in which toxic substances
are used:
     a.   Prepares a written Safety  Plan  for  all projects  prior to the
         use of toxic substances.   (See Appendix  B for  details of the
         Toxic  Substance Safety  Plan.)
     b.   Selects  work practices  and engineering controls  for  handling
         toxic  substances.
     c.   Submits  the Safety Plan to the  immediate Supervisor, Chief  Safety
         Officer, Laboratory Director, and Toxic  Substances Committee for
         approval.

-------
                              -9-
d.  Makes available to program and support staff copies of the
    appoved Safety Plan.
e.  Assures that the program and support staff (including mainte-
    nance and housekeeping personnel) are instructed  in procedures
    to avoid accidental exposure to toxic substances.
f.  Supervises the safety performance of the staff to ensure that
    the required laboratory practices and engineering controls are
    emp1oyed.
g.  Arranges for immediate medical attention and reports to the
    Chief Safety Officer any accident that results in (1) inoculation
    of toxic substances through cutaneous penetration, (2) ingestion
    of toxic substances, (3) probable inhalation of toxic substances,
    or (4) any incident causing overt exposure to personnel or danger
    of environmental contamination by toxic substances.
h.  Cooperates in the occupational program on medical surveillance
    activities.
i.  Reports to the Laboratory Safety Officer the location of work
    areas where toxic substances will be used,  provides a current
    listing of personnel authorized to work in these areas, and
    provides a current inventory of working quantities of toxic
    substances that will be kept in these areas.
j.  Assists the Chief Safety Officer in investigating accidents.
k.  Investigates and reports in writing to the Chief Safety Officer
    problems pertaining to operation and implementation of laboratory
    practices and engineering controls.

-------
                                   -10-
         1.  Corrects work errors and conditions that may result  in  the
             release of toxic substances.
         7.  EPA Employees
         Each employee is responsible for complying with the  health  and
safety program established by this Manual on the laboratory use of toxic
substances. Each employee shall report to his/her supervisor  any  unsafe
condition and all facts pertaining to accidents which result  in employee
exposure to toxic substances.
         8.  Director, Division of Occupational Health and Safety
     Under the supervision of the Assistant Administrator for Administration
the Director, OHSS, is responsible for reviewing and coordinating the
health and safety programs developed for laboratory use of toxic sub-
stances for consistency with this Manual.  The Director also audits the
laboratories for compliance with their health and safety program, informs
the responsible EPA official of any problem areas,  annually updates the
lists of toxic substances presented in Appendix A,  provides technical
support,  and approves training courses.   The Director,  OHSS,  is the top
technical advisor for EPA on health and  safety for  laboratory use of
toxic substances.
          9.  Other Responsibilities
          The individuals specified above,  and other individuals,  have
responsibilities for this program which  are described in relevant sections
of the balance of this Manual.  (See Appendix C for  names of individuals
specified above.)

-------
                                  -11-
                     II.   HEALTH AND  SAFETY  PROGRAM
A.  SAFETY PLAN
     The Toxic Substance Safety Plan is a principal  means of control in
the use and disposition of toxic substances.
     1.  Prior to any project or operation involving a toxic substance
         the Principal Investigator must prepare a Toxic Substance
         Safety Plan.  A sample plan is included as  Appendix B.
     2.  The Toxic Substance Safety Plan must be reviewed by the
         Laboratory Safety Officer.
     3.  Approval of the Safety Plan by the immediate Supervisor,
         Laboratory Director, Chief Safety Officer, and Toxic Substances
         Committee is required.
     4.  The Chief Safety Officer must maintain the  Safety Plan on file
         and make it available for distribution.   A  copy must be provided
         to each employee using the toxic substance  and an information
         copy must be forwarded to the Director,  OHSS,  Washington, D.C.
         (PM-273).
B.  INVENTORY CONTROL
     1.  The Chief Safety Officer must approve all purchase requisitions
         for toxic substances.  Whenever possible, existing inventories
         must be used in order to maintain a minimum of toxic substances
         in storage.  The Laboratory Director,  after  consulting with the
         Chief Safety Officer, may add to the  list of toxic substances
         presented in Appendix A for his/her reporting unit.   The

-------
                              -12-
     Chief Safety Officer subsequently monitors and records the receipt,
     transport,  storage,  use,  and  disposal  of the newly listed toxic
     substances.   The Chief Safety Officer  must update the inventory
     at least semi-annually,  and must  obtain, maintain, and distribute
     safety data sheets and other  information needed to use toxic
     substances  safely.
2.   The Laboratory Safety Officer must maintain records,  to be up-
     dated semi-annually,  indicating all  types and amounts of toxic
     substances  in storage and in  use  for the reporting unit.  Semi-
     annual reports of the inventory will be  provided to the Chief
     Safety Officer as a  basis for a semi-annual  report to the OHSS
     for all  of  EPA-Cincinnati.
3.   The Principal Investigator or other  authorized user of a toxic
     substance must maintain  a continuous and current record of each
     controlled  substance  in  his/her possession from the time of
     acceptance  to its final  disposition  or depletion.
          a.   The Chief Safety Officer in cooperation with the
              Laboratory  Safety Officers  will  use this information
              to  produce  an automatic  inventory listing or a manual
              system,  depending on the number of  entries for distri-
              bution to the user/storage  areas. Appendix D shows a
              sample Toxic Substance Chemical  Inventory Sheet and  a
              Toxic Substance  Running  Inventory Usage Sheet.   An
              initial  inventory is prepared by using the Toxic

-------
                                   -13-
                  Substance Inventory Sheet for all compounds  listed
                  in Appendix A.  A separate Toxic Substance Running
                  Inventory Usage Sheet is filled out for each toxic
                  compound.  Inventory records and reports  are based
                  on the current amount on hand as listed in the  last
                  column of the usage sheet.
C.  MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
     1.  Preassignment Health Assessment
     The Laboratory Director must ensure that a baseline health assess-
ment is provided to all employees who work with toxic substances or who
are assigned duties in work areas where toxic substances are regularly
used.  These health assessments are provided under the EPA Medical
Monitoring Guidelines.  The Laboratory Director,  after consultation
with an occupational physician, the Chief Safety Officer, and the medical
monitoring coordinator, must also determine the necessity of providing
preassignment health assessments for employees who may be assigned
duties in work areas where small quantities of toxic substances are
infrequently used.
     The purpose of this preassignment assessment is to establish a
baseline health record and, if evidence of preexisting or predisposing
conditions is found, to inform and counsel the employee on the inadvisa-
bility of working in areas where toxic substances are used.   The pre-
assignment assessment will include a work history, a medical history,
and a physical  examination, which includes customary laboratory studies
and agent-specific studies when appropriate.

-------
                                 -14-
     2.   Periodic Health Assessments
     The Laboratory Director must ensure that periodic health assessments
are provided to all employees who work with toxic substances or who are
assigned duties in work areas where toxic substances are regularly
used.  The periodicity and content  of these assessments must be deter-
mined after consultation with an occupational physician, the medical
monitoring coordinator, and the Principal Investigator.
     The assessments will include an updating of the employee's work
and medical histories, including occurrences of any accidental exposures
previously unreported.  The following information must be included in
the employee's medical record:   names of toxic substances to which the
employees may have been exposed, information on the probability, frequency,
and extent of exposures, and any environmental measurements relating
to toxic substances that may have been made.   The periodic health
assessment may also include a physical  examination,  biochemical  or
other surveillance of body fluids,  and an evaluation of pertinent
functional systems of the body.   (See Appendix E.)
D.  RECORDS
     The EPA-Cincinnati Medical  Services Staff,  selected by the Director
of Administration, will maintain health assessment  records during the
tenure of the employee's service with the Agency.
     1.   Upon termination,  including retirement or  death, of the
         employee, the medical  records will  be maintained for at least
         thirty (30)  years after the employee's last work with toxic
         substances,  and in a manner that will ensure ready access as
          needed  by the health  program of the Agency.

-------
                                 -15-
     2.   Records that cannot be maintained locally will be placed in
         custody of the Medical Monitoring Project Officer, OHSS,
         Washington, D.C.
E.   TRAINING
     The Laboratory Director must ensure that all employees subject to
potential exposure to toxic substances are provided adequate health
and safety instruction and training.
     1.   The Principal Investigator, with assistance from the Laboratory
Safety Officer, the Chief Safety Officer, and the Toxic Substances
Committee, will ensure that laboratory workers receive adequate training
(followed by appropriate refresher courses annually) in the following
topics as applicable:
     a.   The possible sources of exposure to toxic substances
     b.   Carcinogenic and other adverse health effects associated
         with such exposure
     c.   Work practice and engineering controls to limit exposures
     d.   Methods used to monitor control procedures and the health
         status of employees
     e.   Responsibilities in proper work practices to protect fellow
         employees
     f.   Types  and functions of monitoring equipment such as personal
         samplers
     g.   Medical  monitoring methods, especially unusual procedures
         such as  sputum cytology and biologic monitoring of metabolites
         in the urine
     h.   Benefits to persons participating in environmental and
         medical  monitoring programs.

-------
                                 -16-
     2.  The Chief Safety Officer must obtain the approval of the  Director
OHSS, of the initial training and refresher courses and must issue a
certificate to employees upon completion of the courses.
     3.  The Chief Safety Officer and Principal Investigator (and,  if
warranted, professional instructors on the subject) will train  all
persons who work with or may be exposed to a specific toxic substance,
to enable them to work safely with and to understand the relative
significance of potential hazards as they relate personally.  This
training will include:
     a.  The safe handling of the specific substance, including
         emergency procedures
     b.  A non-technical summary of the nature and extent of
         potential hazards, with periodic refresher review
     c. ' A procedural review of an actual project in which the
         discussed toxic substance will be used.
     4.  The Chief Safety Officer will instruct warehouse and stock-
room personnel in the safe handling of toxic substances, including:
     a.  Special handling of containers to avert damage by dropping,
         improper stacking, or inadequate environmental controls.
     b.  The possibility and effects of exposures.
     c.  Segregating chemicals into safe groupings during storage.
     5.  The Laboratory Director must ensure that employees identified
to respond to emergencies involving toxic substances receive additional
training,  repeated at least annually, which includes directing general
evacuation,  decontamination of uncontrolled releases of toxic substances,,

-------
                                 -17-
maintaining a respirator program at least equivalent to 29 CFR  1910.134,
using other personal protective equipment, first aid,  and CPR.
     6.  'The Chief Safety Officer must keep the Safety Plan,  safety
data sheets, and other appropriate written information describing  the
relevant toxic, physical, and chemical properties of toxic substances
used or stored in the laboratory, in a file that is continuously and
readily available to employees.
F.  AUDIT
     The Laboratory Director must ensure that semi-annual program  reviews,
including inspections, of the health and safety program for laboratory
use of toxic substances are conducted by persons with appropriate  back-
ground and training and that any deficiencies are corrected as soon as
possible (or immediately if the deficiency is an imminent hazard).   The
Laboratory Director must forward a copy of the program review and  abate-
ment actions to the Director, OHSS, for review.  The Director, OHSS,
will conduct independent audits to evaluate compliance with the health
and safety program.

-------
                                 -18-
             III. ENGINEERING CONTROLS AND WORK PRACTICES
A,  CONTROL STRATEGY
     The purpose of this section is to describe situations  in  the
handling of toxic substances where different levels of safeguards  are
specified to protect the laboratory worker.  Any modification  to the
laboratory practices and engineering controls described must be care-
fully considered and reviewed by the Principal Investigator, the Chief
Safety Officer, and the Toxic Substances Committee.
     The hazard in working witHi toxic substances is a function of  the
exposure potential and the toxicity of these substances.  The  risk of
exposure to a toxic substance is related, among other things,  to the
quantity and physical  properties of material used and the nature,
frequency,  and complexity of the experimental procedure.  There is a
greater risk of exposure when working with 100 mg of material  than
with 1 mg of material.   Similarly,  the potential for exposure  is greater
during blending, preparation of dry feed mixture,  and in the manipulation
of powders  than during the preparation of aliquots of stock solution.
     The toxicity and  carcinogenic  potency are also important  factors
in the selection of safeguards.   For example, experimental data suggests
that the carcinogenic  potency of aflatoxin Bl is magnitudes greater
than that of chloroform.
     Based  on the factors just discussed a three-level control  system
will be used for laboratory operations at EPA-Cincinnati.   Specific

-------
                                   -19-
control practices for each  laboratory operation will be spelled out  in
detail in the individual Safety Plans submitted by the Principal Investi-
gator on a case-by-case basis.  General guidelines which apply to all
projects for both use and storage of regulated substances will now be
defined for each list of compounds in Appendix A.  The strategy for
control of specific toxic compounds is as follows:
COMPOUNDS          RISK               STORAGE                   USE
List  1             Low         Low Laboratory Cabinet        Unrestricted
I i<;t  7       TnfprmpdiatP        I imitpH Arrpcc Arp;»      ^ w/w Concentration
List  i       intermediate        Limned Access Area    Limit Jn Non.controlled
                                                                 Area
List  3           High            Carcinogen Dilution    , 
-------
                                  -20-
     Stock quantities of compounds must be maintained in a secured and
appropriate storage area when not in use.   Locked laboratory cabinets,
labeled with a sign bearing the legend:  CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE, are
required.   Compounds controlled at this level  are those contained on List 1
entitled "NIOSH's Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances".
(See Appendix A.)
2.  Intermediate Risk Situation
     More  stringent safeguards are required for certain research investi-
gations that present higher risk  situations than those subject to the
general requirements.  More stringent requirements may also be required
for research activities that involve highly potent toxic substances.   The
toxic substances and laboratory activities for which  additional  controls
are required will now be described.
     Any laboratory operation involving the use of a  compound  contained
on the  Carcinogen Assessment Group's (CAG)  List of Chemicals  Having
Substantial Evidence of Carcinogenicity (see List 2,  Appendix  A)  requires
additional  engineering controls.
     a. Stock quantities of compounds  in  this category must be  stored
        in a limited access area.   All  weighing and  dilution  procedures
        necessary to provide daily working quantities must be done by a
        qualified person under controlled conditions in the  limited
        access area.   Limited access areas are specially designed  modules
        for storage and use of toxic substances.   These modules  must  be
        locked at all  times.   Upon  entering or leaving a limited access

-------
                             -21-
    area a sign-in/sign-out record book must be  signed  by  each
    user.  In addition, the facility must provide  the following:
    a laboratory hood, glove box, sink, refrigerator  (explosion-
    proof preferred),  locked storage cabinets, an  analytical
    balance, mechanical pipetting aids, disposable laboratory
    coats, and plastic or  latex gloves.  Location  of  all  limited
    access areas are  listed in Appendix F.
b.  The maximum allowable  concentration permitted  in non-controlled
    areas is 1.0% by  weight or volume.
c.  Organic solvents  on the CAG list are permitted  in normal
    laboratory modules for experimental purposes but not for
    storage.  The level of written approval required is based on
    the quantity needed for laboratory operations  as follows:
        Principal Investigator              <_! Liter
        Branch Chief                        <_5 Liters
        Toxic Substances Committee          <^5 Liters
d.  The preparation of dilute solutions or the removal of  small
    amounts of a toxic substance from stock quantities must
    always be performed within a laboratory fume hood or glove
    box.  The work surfaces of the hood must be covered with stain-
    less steel  or plastic trays, dry absorbent plastic-backed paper,
    or other impervious material.
e.  Each person using the "limited access area" must sign  in and
    sign out in a permanent log book posted inside the area.
f.  Only persons with approved Safety Plans can use the "limited
    access areas".

-------
                                    -22-
3.  High Risk Situations
     All laboratory procedures that involve the use of an OHSA regulated
chemical carcinogen (see OSHA's List of Regulated Carcinogens, List 3,
Appendix A) require work practices and engineering controls in addition to
those previously discussed.  These include:  additional or more frequent
changes of protective clothing, shower facility and change room, use of
primary containment devices, work area access control, and monitoring for
environmental contamination resulting from certain laboratory operations.
Protective clothing such as disposable pants, shirts,.jumpsuits, shoe and
head covers, and plastic and latex gloves must be worn as appropriate.
Showers are recommended after each exit from the work area.
     Special facilities are required for handling carcinogens.  The module
for carcinogen handling must have a separate hood exhaust and a glove box or
other completely closed containment system.  Work areas must be separated by
a. controlled access area from areas that are open to unrestricted traffic
flow.   This controlled access area may be an anteroom, a change room,  an air
lock,  or any other door arrangement that separates the laboratory from areas
of unrestricted traffic flow.  Areas which meet these requirements are
called Carcinogen Dilution Modules.  EPA-Cincinnati has two  modules that
meet the above requirements.  (See Appendix F - Location of  Carcinogen
Dilution Modules and Limited Access Areas).  Laboratories which do not have
a Carcinogen Dilution Module must obtain permission from the appropriate
Laboratory Director for the use of the existing facilities or must construct
an equivalent facility of their own for laboratory operations that involve
the storage or handling of any OSHA regulated chemical carcinogens.
     Additional  requirements and considerations for the high risk situation
include the following:

-------
                                  -23-
     a.   Stock  quantities of toxic substances must be the minimum quantity
         required for efficient use;  the primary containers must be stored
         in an  unbreakable outer container.   Containers may consist of
         plastic-coated glass bottles with polypropylene caps, both of
         which  can satisfy a 4-foot  drop test.
     b.   The maximum allowable concentration of these materials permitted
         in a non-controlled area is 0.1% by weight or volume.
     c.   Environmental  monitoring may be required in work areas where the
         potential of exposure to a  known potent toxic substance is great.
         An example of such an area  might be a dry feed mixing operation
         where  a large amount of the toxic substance is handled in an
         activity that can produce significant'amounts of aerosol.
B.   REQUISITIONING
     The following procedures reflect Office of Research and Development
procedures and  Toxic Substances Committee recommendations for controlling
toxics substances:
     1.   To requisition toxic chemicals, complete Standard Form EPA-
         1900-8 (Rev. 12/80).
     2.   Prior  to authorizing the requisition by signing the EPA-1900-8
         form,  the Principal Investigator will  ensure that an approved
         Safety Plan is available for using  the chemical and that the
         chemical  is not available from existing inventories.
     3.   The Program Administrative  Officer  will forward the requisition
         to the Chief Safety Officer  for final  approval before the chemical
         is ordered.   Existing inventories should be checked prior to approv-
         ing any requisition for toxic substances.   Receiving warehouse
         personnel will be informed  of special  handling procedures to be
         used when the substance arrives.

-------
                                 -24-
C.  RECEIVING
     Receipt of all  toxic substances and/or samples delivered to EPA-
Cincinnati must be recorded on the Toxic Chemical/Environmental S_ample
Log Sheet (see Appendix D).   A copy of each Log Sheet will be forwarded
to the Chief Safety Officer at the end of each quarter.
     1.   Persons receiving or carrying toxic substances  into the EPA-
         Cincinnati  facilities outside the normal  shipping and mailing
         channels will, immediately on arrival of  such materials,
         notify their Division Directors.   The materi-al  must not be
         opened or handled until  inspected and logged by the appropriate
         Division Director or Branch Chief or an authorized representative.
     2.   Prior to delivery to the requisitioned  any toxic substance
         listed in Appendix A, must be inspected,  logged,  and approved
         for dispersal  by the Laboratory Safety Officer  or designee.
         a.    Log-in entails recording the required information on the
              Toxic  Chemical/Environmental Sample  Log Sheet.
         b.    Inspection entails  removal  of the toxic substance/sample(s)
              from the  shipping container, checking for  evidence of
              physical  damage, leakage,  or other possible  external
              contamination.
     3.   On release  of  the requested material, the material will be
         placed in the  proper storage area (as defined in  Section  III  A).
D.  PACKAGING AND SHIPPING
     Toxic substances must be packaged to withstand shocks, pressure
changes,  and any other  conditions which  might cause the  leakage of
contents  incident to ordinary handling during transportation.

-------
                                  -25-
     The transfer of any toxic substance or mixture of substances
from EPA-Cincinnati for any purpose shall meet the requirements for
monitoring,  packaging and labeling of the U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOT), as described in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, and shall
be further in compliance with the regulations governing the shipment of
such materials as required by the Interstate Commerce Commission, Federal
Aviation Agency, Bureau of Explosives, U.S. Coast Guard, and as appro-
priate for the mode of transportation and recipient.  For more extensive
detail see "Final National Guidance Package for Compliance with DOT
Regulations in the Shipment of Environmental Laboratory Samples" available
from Laboratory or Chief Safety Officer.  (See Appendix G.)
E.  DISPOSAL
     All EPA-Cincinnati toxic wastes will be disposed of through a com-
mercial contract disposal agency.
     1.   Principal Investigators will arrange through the Laboratory
          Safety Officer for disposal of toxic wastes resulting from
          their projects.  The Principal Investigator must:
          a.   Convert very hazardous wastes into lesser hazardous
               substances, if possible, before placing them in
               disposal containers.  For example, oxidize strong
               carcinogens in solution; neutralize acids; or moderate
               reactions by dilution, cooling, or slow addition of a
               neutralizing agent.  For water-miscible materials,
               pouring the reaction mixture onto a bed of ice can
               often cool and dilute it.

-------
                                  -26-
          b.    Promptly dispose of unlabeled containers and chemicals no
               longer needed.   We must not allow excess chemicals or
               wastes to accumulate  in the laboratory.
          c.    When a toxic substance listed in Appendix A, List 3, has
               been used,  decontaminate or dispose of all equipment,
               residual labware,  toweling, gloves, dishwater, and other
               materials that  have been in contact with the substance as
               specified in the Safety Plan.
F.  FACILITY  REQUIREMENTS
     1.   Handwashing Facility.   A handwashing facility must be available
within the work area.   (This need not be a facility used exclusively for
handwashing).   The use of  liquid  soap is recommended.   In new facilities,
foot or  elbow operated faucets  should be provided.
     2.   Shower Facility.   A shower  facility,  other than emergency drench
showers, must be located in the building in which toxic substances are
used. The shower facility  must  be available at all times.   Shower
facilities adjacent to the work areas are highly recommended.
     3.   Eye  Wash Facility.  An emergency eye wash facility must be located
in each  laboratory.  The eye wash facility should be designed to wash
both eyes at  the same time with a continuous  stream of potable water.
     4.   Exhaust Air from  Primary Containment Equipment.   The exhaust air
from glove boxes must be treated  by  filtration,  reaction,  absorption,
adsorption, electrostatic  precipitation or incineration,  as appropriate,
depending on  the nature of the  compound.   The need for,  and type of,
treatment for other primary containment equipment, including laboratory
fume hoods and biological  safety  cabinets,  must  be determined by the

-------
                                   -27-
 Chief  Safety Officer.   Exhaust  air treatment systems that remove toxic
 substances  from  the  exhaust  air by collection mechanisms such as filtra-
 tion,  absorption,and adsorption must be serviced in a manner that avoids
 direct contact with  the collection medium.   Trained maintenance employees
 may  remove  the spent collection medium with  a bag-in/bag-out collection
 system or garbed in  appropriate personal  protective clothing and equip-
 ment.   All  exhaust  air  from  primary containment  equipment must be dis-
 charged by  roof-mounted blowers to the outdoors  so' that  such air is
 dispersed clear  of  occupied  buildings and air intakes.
     5.  Exhaust Ventilation.   A mechanical  exhaust ventilation system
 must be provided for controlling laboratory  room air movement.   The
 movement of air  must be from areas of lower  contamination potential  to
 areas  of higher  contamination potential  (i.e., from entry corridors  to
 the  laboratory).  This  directional  air flow  may  be  achieved  by  a common
 building exhaust system,  provided that the exhaust  air is not  recirculated
 to any other area of the  building.   The exhaust  air from laboratory  areas
 must be  discharged outdoors  in  a way that entry  into a building's  air
 supply is minimized.  Exhaust air from laboratory areas  which  is not
 derived  from primary containment equipment can be discharged to the  out-
 doors  without being  treated.
 G.   OPERATIONAL  PRACTICES
     1.  Work Area Identification.   Entrances to all work  areas  where
 toxic  substances  are  being used  or  stored must be posted  with  signs
 bearing  the legend:   "CAUTION -  TOXIC  SUBSTANCE  - Authorized Persons
Only",  followed  by the  name of Principal  Investigator.

-------
                                   -28-
     2.  Access Control.  Work areas where toxic substances are used  or
stored may be entered only by persons authorized by the Principal  Investi-
gator.  Access doors to work areas must be kept closed while experiments
with toxic substances are in progress.
     3.  Work Surfaces.  All work surfaces (bench tops, hood floors,  etc.)
on which toxic substances are used must be covered with stainless  steel or
plastic trays, dry absorbent plastic-backed paper, or other impervious
material.  The protective surfaces must be examined for possible contami-
nation immediately after each procedure with a toxic substance has been
completed.  Contaminated surfaces must be decontaminated or disposed of
as described in the Safety Plan.
     4.  Use of Primary Containment Equipment.   Procedures involving
volatile toxic substances and those involving solid or liquid toxic sub-
stances that may result in the generation of aerosols must be conducted
in a laboratory fume hood, a glove box,  or other containment equipment
approved for toxic substances by  the Chief Safety Officer.  Examples
of aerosol-producing procedures are:  the opening of closed vessels,
transfer operations, weighing, preparation of feed mixtures, and the
application, injection or intubation of a toxic substance into experi-
mental animals.  Tissue culture and other biological procedures involv-
ing toxic substances may be conducted in a Class II Type A or B bio-
logical safety cabinet when approved by the Toxic Substances Committee.
(Personnel protection factors for Class II biological safety cabinets
have not yet been established; however,  when installed with total
exhaust,  these devices are currently acceptable for tissue cultures

-------
                              -29-
and other biological procedures involving toxic substances.)  The selection
and use of a Class II biological safety cabinet for procedures involving
toxic substances must be a joint decision of the Principal Investigator
and the Chief Safety Officer.  Primary containment equipment used for con-
tainment of toxic substances must display a label bearing the legend:
CAUTION-TOXIC SUBSTANCE.  All bidding documents and installation plans for
primary containment equipment must be reviewed by Facilities Management and
Services Division prior to procurement.  (See Appendix H for additional
information on primary containment equipment).
     5.  Use of Analytical Instrumentation.  Toxic vapors or aerosols pro-
duced by ana-lytical instruments must be captured through local exhaust
ventilation or appropriate trap at the site of their production.  The
instruments may be placed entirely within a laboratory fume hood if this
will not impair hood performance (i.e., towards the back and raised on
legs to minimize turbulence of inflowing air).  When a sample is removed
from the analytical instrument, it must be placed in a tightly stoppered
sample tube or otherwise safeguarded from contaminating the laboratory.  In
the event that the analytical equipment becomes contaminated, it must be
labeled "CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE" until it has been completely decon-
taminated.   This operational practice applies to analytical equipment even
when only infrequently used for toxic substances.
     6.  Use of Respirators as Personal Protective Devices.  A respirator
use program must be provided for emergency and maintenance personnel who
enter areas where a potential for inhalation exposure to a toxic substance
is present.  This program will meet the requirements of the OSHA General

-------
                                 -30-
Industry Standards for respiratory protection as detailed in 29 CFR  1910.134.
The respirators must be certified in accordance with the requirements of
the National Institute for Occupational  Safety and Health (NIOSH) under
the  provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.  The  selection and use of respirators
must be approved by the Chief Safety Officer.
     7.  Storage Inventory and Identification.   Stock quantities of toxic
substances must be stored in a specific  storage area that is secured at
all times.  The storage area must be posted  with a sign bearing the legend:
CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE - Authorized Personnel Only.   Principal  Investi-
gators must maintain inventory records of  toxic substances for which they
are individually responsible and  must provide copies to the Chief Safety
Officer.  The inventory records must include the quantities of toxic sub-
stances acquired and dates of acquisition  and disposition.   Storage vessels
containing stock quantities must  be labeled:   CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE.
Additional storage precautions may be required  for compounds with properties
such as flammability,  radioactivity,  etc.
     8.  Working Quantities.   Quantities of  toxic substances present in
the work area must not exceed the amounts  required for  use in one week or
the limits set by III. A.   This  does not  include amounts stored in a
specific toxic substance storage  area or cabinet that is located within
the laboratory work area.  Storage vessels containing working quantities
must be labeled:   CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE.
     9-  Laboratory Transport. Storage  vessels containing toxic sub-
stances must be placed first in an unbreakable outer container before
being transported to the laboratory work  areas.  Good standard transfer
practices must be used.  Freight  elevators must be used to transfer

-------
                                   -31-
regulated substances from one floor to another.  Plastic-coated glass
bottles with polypropylene caps, which can satisfy a 4-foot drop test,
are currently available and can serve as both the storage vessel and
the unbreakable outer container combined.  Contaminated materials which
are transferred from work areas to disposal areas must first be placed in
a closed plastic bag or other suitable impermeable and sealed primary con-
tainer.  The primary container must be placed in a durable outer container
before being transported.  The outer container must be labeled with both
the name of the toxic substance and the warning:  CAUTION - TOXIC SUBSTANCE.
     10.  Housekeeping.  General housekeeping procedures which suppress
the formation of aerosols, such as the use of a wet mop or a vacuum cleaner
equipped with a High Efficiency Particulate Aerosol (HEPA) filter to remove
particulates, must be used.  Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited
because of the hazard of aerosol formation.  Training of personnel in
appropriate cleaning techniques to avoid or minimize exposure is the
responsibility of the Principal Investigator.  In those instances where
the toxic substance or contaminated material is spilled, special pro-
cedures developed for the individual compounds must be followed as
described in the approved Safety Plan.
     11.  Protection of Vacuum Lines.   Each vacuum service, including
water aspirators,  must be protected with an absorbent or liquid trap and a
HEPA filter to prevent entry of any toxic substance into the system.  When
using a volatile toxic substance,  a separate vacuum pump or other device
approved for toxic substances must be used.

-------
                                   -32-
     12.  Decontamination.   Contaminated materials must either be decon-
taminated by-procedures that decompose the toxic substance to produce  a
safe product or be removed  for subsequent disposal.  Toxic substances
which have spilled out of a primary container so as to constitute a hazard
must be inactivated in situ or must be absorbed by appropriate means for
subsequent disposal.   Adequacy of clean-up must be tested with wipe-test
or fluorescence tests or by other appropriate means as described in the
Safety Plan.
     13.  Handling and Disposal.    Prior to the start-of any laboratory
activity involving a toxic  substance,  plans for the handling and ultimate
disposal of contaminated wastes and surplus amounts of the toxic sub-
stance must be completed.   Principal  Investigator and Chief Safety Officer
should jointly determine the best methods available that are in com-
pliance with Federal,  State and Local  codes and ordinances.
H.  PERSONNEL  PRACTICES
     Each laboratory  worker must  observe the following rules:
     1.   Precautionary Considerations
          a.   Know the safety rules and  procedures that apply to the
              work you are  doing;  make note of the appropriate safety
              precautions and potential  hazards before beginning any
              operation.
          b.   Review  the applicable emergency procedures;  know where the
              emergency equipment  is  located in your area,  how to use it,
              and  how  to obtain help  in  an emergency.
          c.   Assure  the availability  of the proper protective equipment
              and  use  the proper  type  for each operation.

-------
                                   -33-
               d.  Be alert to unsafe conditions and actions and have them
                   promptly corrected.  Someone else's accident can be  as
                   dangerous to you as any you- might have.
               e.  Remain out of the area of a fire or personal injury
                   unless it is your responsibility to help meet tee
                   emergency.
     2.  Protective Clothing
     A two-level control system for laboratory coats is required.  A
fully fastened color-coded laboratory coat must be worn by all employees
working in laboratories with controlled toxic substances.  These color-
coded laboratory coats must not be worn outside the toxics work area.   A
fully fastened white laboratory coat must be worn by visitors (including
fellow employees) in laboratory areas where toxic substances are used or
stored.  It is common for visitors to toxic work areas to accidentally
brush against presumedly decontaminated work benches or to unconsciously
rest against them.  Since it is unlikely that visitors to toxic work
areas can be prevailed" upon to remove laboratory coats when leaving
toxic work areas and again to put them on each time they return, the
standard white laboratory coat may also be worn outside the toxic work
area.  Thus,  the white laboratory coat is protection for street clothes
in laboratory areas.  Its major purpose is to reduce the probability of
taking contamination from the laboratory to the home environment.   The
use of the white laboratory coat reflects an awareness by those respon-
sible for safety that such a coat in non-controlled areas no more suggests

-------
                                   -34-
contamination than street clothes in the same areas suggests freedom
from contamination.  The white laboratory coat should not be worn  in  the
cafeteria, library, conference rooms, auditorium or other common meeting
places.
     Clothing contaminated by toxic substances must be decontaminated or
disposed of immediately after an obvious exposure.   Contaminated clothing
must not be sent to the laundry until decontaminated.   In situations
where decontamination is not feasible,  clothing must be disposed of in an
appropriate manner.  Gloves which are appropriate to the specific situ-
ation must be used when handling toxic  substances.   Disposable gloves may
be used only once and then must be discarded into a properly labeled con-
tainer.  Such gloves must be discarded  immediately  after known contact
with a toxic substance.
     3.  Pipetting
     Mechanical  pipetting aids must be  used  for all pipetting procedures.
Oral pipetting is prohibited.
     4.  Eye Protection
     Safety glasses must be worn by all  workers and visitors in all
laboratory work  areas.   Contact lenses  shall  not be worn in any laboratory
work area.
     a.  It is the responsibility of the laboratory supervisor or
         the Principal  Investigator to  determine what  additional eye
         protection may be required for a particular operation.
     5.  Personal Conduct
     a.  Personal hygiene must be maintained;  fingernails must be short
         and clean; hands and  arms must be washed thoroughly before
         handling any object that goes  to the mouth, nose or eyes,  and
         before  leaving the laboratory.

-------
                              -35-
b.  Toxic materials may not be handled by personnel with a break in
    the skin below the wrist, unless the wound is so protected that
    no toxic material can gain access; the break must be covered with
    adhesive tape and appropriate rubber or vinyl gloves must be
    worn.
c.  There must be no eating, drinking, chewing gum or tobacco,
    smoking, and applying cosmetics while working in areas where
    toxic substances are in use; refrigerators in such areas must
    not be used for storing food or beverages.
d.  Distracting or startling other workers must be avoided;
    practical jokes or horseplay cannot be tolerated at any time
    in the laboratory.
6.  Housekeeping
a.  Laboratories where toxics are handled must be kept neat
    and clean; clean-up procedures are required upon completion
    of each operation at the end of each day.
b.  Work areas must be free of equipment and material not required
    for the immediate operation.
c.  All chemicals must be correctly and clearly labeled and stored;
    warning signs are required when unusual hazards exist such as
    radiation, laser operations, flammables, biological hazards,
    or other special concerns.
d.  Applicable waste disposal procedures must be followed; chemical
    reactions may require traps or scrubbing devices to prevent
    the escape of toxic gases.

-------
                                 -36-
     e.  Exposure to toxic vapors, mists, gases, and dusts must be
         minimized by preventing the escape of such materials into the
         working atmosphere;  adequate ventilation must be ensured by
         use of exhaust hoods and other local ventilation.
     f.  Equipment must be used only for its designed purpose.
     g.  Reaction apparatus must be carefully positioned and clamped
         to permit manipulation without the need to move the apparatus.
     h.  Reagents must be combined in appropriate order; avoid adding
         solids to hot liquids.
     7.  Personal Monitoring
     Each person is responsible for ensuring that his person, clothing,
shoes, laboratory equipment,  and work area surfaces are kept free of
contamination.   Before leaving the laboratory for even short periods,
contaminated clothing must be removed;  showering will also be mandatory
before leaving  the laboratory for lunch and at the end of the day when
highly toxic materials are being used by anyone in the laboratory.  (When
in doubt concerning the degree of toxic substance hazard present,  consult
the Chief Safety Officer for  advice and assistance.)
     8.  Working Alone
     Generally, it is prudent to avoid  working in a laboratory building
alone.  Arrangements should be made with persons working in nearby
laboratories to cross check periodically, especially during irregular
working hours.  (The Security  Guard can  be asked to check on conditions
periodically.)
     a.  Experiments known to be hazardous should not be performed by an
         unaccompanied laboratory worker.
     b.  The laboratory Supervisor or Principal Investigator is respon-
         sible  for determining when two or more persons are required.

-------
                                  -37-
         IV.   ADDITIONAL  REQUIREMENTS FOR ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION
                       INVOLVING TOXIC SUBSTANCES
     All work practice and engineering controls specified in this Manual
apply to animal experimentation when toxic substances are used.  Addition-
ally, animal care personnel must wear a completely closed jumpsuit or
undergo a complete clothing change including  laboratory-issue shoes or
booties, head cover, and gloves. Clean clothing must be provided daily or
                                              /
more frequently when needed.  Animal care personnel engaged in pro-
cedures where exposure to airborne particulates contaminated with toxic
substances could occur must use appropriate respiratory protection.  The
selection and use of an appropriate respirator must be approved by the
Chief Safety Officer.  The face mask or respirator must not be worn
outside the animal room.   Used filters must be disposed of, the respi-
rator housing must be decontaminated daily, and the respirator must be
stored in a clean location.  Personnel required to wear respirators must
shower after completion of procedures that may result in the creation of
airborne contamination in the animal room.
     Experimental animals must be housed in cage systems that confine
feed, feces, urine, and bedding within the enclosure.  When a volatile
toxic substance is used,  the cage must be appropriately sealed or venti-
lated to prevent evolution of contaminants.  Alternative animal housing
methods must be approved  by the Chief Safety Officer.
     The Safety Plan prepared for animal studies must include descriptions
of the proposed animal  housing methods,  safeguards appropriate for dose
preparation and challenge procedures, procedures for bulk storage and

-------
                                  -38-
disbursement of test material, waste management practice, and personnel
protection requirements.   An operations manual must be prepared for
facilities in which large-scale animal studies and inhalation challenge
studies are conducted.   Equipment use procedures for all inhalation
challenge studies must  be described in detail.
     All animal use must  comply with the Animal Welfare Act, Public Law
89-544, 1966, amended in  1970 and 1976 (P.  L.  91-579 and P.  L. 94-279)
and must conform with the Guide for the care and use of Laboratory
Animals, DHEW No. 78-23,  revised 1978 or succeeding editions.

-------
                                  -39-
                        V.   EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
     Emergencies will generally be in the nature of spills, fires,, or
explosions, which may result in the spread of toxic material.  Since it
is not possible to devise a set of rules or procedures to govern all
possible emergencies, the following considerations are presented only as
a guide to aid the user in establishing more specific emergency procedures
applicable to his working conditions.
                                  NOTE
     All employees are responsible for reporting any accidental
     spill of a toxic substance and accidents involving potential
     exposure (inoculation, ingestion, dermal contact, inhalation)
     to the Chief Safety Officer and the Principal Investigator.
     The Principal Investigator must follow up to ensure that the
     Chief Safety Officer is notified.  The Chief Safety Officer will
     coordinate the accident-reporting requirements and the clean-up
     procedures.
A.  MINOR SPILLS INVOLVING MINIMAL TOXIC HAZARDS TO PERSONNEL
     1.  Notify all other persons in the room at once and, before proceeding
         with the cleanup,  notify the Chief Safety Officer.
     2.  Confine the spill  immediately.
     3.  Permit into the area only the minimum number of persons
         required to deal with the spill.
         a.  Liquid spills:
             (1)  wear protective gloves
             (2)  place absorbent paper on the spill

-------
                                  -40-
         b.   Dry spills:
             (1)   wear  protective gloves
             (2)   dampen  spilled  materials  thoroughly taking care not
                   to  spread the contamination:  use caution in damp-
                   ening fine, dry particulate material  so as not to
                   create  an aerosol; where  chemical  reactions with
                   water are possible, use oil as  an  agent
             (3)   use wipe tests  or fluorescence  tests  to assure
                   adequate cleanup
     4.   Establish  a plan  and begin decontamination.
     5.   Monitor all persons involved in the spill  and cleanup operation.
     6.   Prepare and submit to the Chief Safety  Officer  a complete
         description of  any accident or spill involving  a toxic
         substance  and subsequent  remedial and protective actions taken.
B.   MAJOR SPILLS INVOLVING TOXIC HAZARDS TO  PERSONNEL
     1.   Anyone  involved in a spill must notify  all persons not involved
         in  the  spill  to vacate the area at  once and  limit the movement
         of  displaced  persons to confine the spread of contamination.
     2.   If  the  spill  is liquid, use a stick, tongs,  or  lever to place
         the spill  container upright; the hands  may be used only if
         protected  or  gloved appropriately.   Spill  kits  are available
         and are required for limited access areas  and laboratory rooms.
     3.   If  the  spill  is on the skin, wash the affected  parts thoroughly
         with water or appropriate  solution.
     4.   If  the  spill  is on clothing, remove and discard the contaminated
         clothing immediately.

-------
                                -41-
     5.   Shut off the power to all  fans and air circulators.
     6.   Vacate the room.
     7.   Notify the Chief  Safety Officer as soon as possible and
         include identification of  material involved.
     8.   Decontaminate personnel involved;  obtain medical  aid if
         necessary.
     9.   Decontaminate the area; personnel  involved in decontamination
         must be adequately qualified and protected.
    10.   Spills should be  inactivated in situ or be absorbed by any
         appropriate methods;  check up with wipe tests or  fluorescence
         tests.
    11.   Monitor all persons involved in the spill and clean up.
    12.   Permit no one to  resume work in the area without  the approval
         of the Chief Safety Officer.
    13.   Prepare and submit to the  Toxic Substances Committee a
         ccmplete history  of the accident and subsequent remedial
         actions.
C.  ACCIDENTS INVOLVING DUST,  MIST, FUMES,  ORGANIC VAPORS  AND GASES
     1.   Anyone involved in an accident must notify all other persons
         to vacate the area immediately.
     2.   Refrain from breathing as  much as  possible;  close the
         escape valves on  the continer leaking the contaminant.
         Use a respirator  if necessary.
     3.   Vacate the room and,  if necessary, activate the fire
         alarm to vacate the building.
     4.   Notify the Chief  Safety Officer at once.

-------
                                 -42-
     5.  Ascertain that all  doors to the room are closed; post
         conspicuous warnings or guards to prevent accidental
         opening of the doors or entry.
     6.  Monitor all persons suspected of contamination.
     7.  Proceed with decontamination of personnel.
     8.  Report at once all  known or suspected inhalations of toxic
         materials.
     9.  Evaluate the hazard and the necessary safety devices for
         safe re-entry.
    10.  Determine the cause of contamination and rectify the con-
         dition prior to the start of any area decontamination
         operations.
    11.  Establish a plan of operation and begin decontamination of
         the area.  Check adequacy of clean up with wipe tests or
         fluorescence tests.
    12.  Perform an air survey of the area before permitting normal
         work to be resumed.
    13.  Prepare and submit  to the Toxic Substances Committee a complete
         history of the accident and subsequent remedial actions.
D.  FIRES OR OTHER MAJOR EMERGENCIES
     1.  Anyone involved in,a fire or other emergency must notify
         all other persons in the room and building at once.   If the
         building must be evacuated, individuals we'aring protective
         clothing must segregate themselves from others until the
         clothing can be disposed of.

-------
                                 -43-
     2.   Contact the Fire Department and safety personnel including
         the Chief Safety Officer.
     3.   Extinguishing the fire may be attempted if a toxic hazard is
         imminent.
     4.   Restrict firefighting and other emergency activities to
         the guidelines and rules prescribed by the Chief Safety
         Officer.
     5.   Monitor all persons, involved in combating the emergency.
     6.   Following the emergency, monitor the area- and determine
         the protective devices required for safe decontamination.
     7.   Establish a plan of operation and begin decontamination
         in the area.
     8.   Permit no one to return to work without the approval of
         the Chief Safety Officer.
     9.   Prepare and submit to the Toxic Substances Committee and
         the Chief Safety Officer a complete history of the
         emergency and subsequent remedial or protective actions.
E.   FIRST AID
     Report all toxic material accidents with possible health effects,
wounds,  ingestion, inhalation, etc., to a physician or other professional
medical  person immediately; use extreme care in providing emergency
comfort  or first aid treatment, so as to avoid aggravating the injury.
(Washing under running water may be attempted.)
     1.   For wounds:
         a.  Wash wound or affected area immediately under running
             water, spreading the wound sufficiently to allow
             good rinsing.

-------
                       -44-
b.  Call or take the injured person to a physician or
    other person qualified to treat toxic injuries.
c.  Employ appropriate measures to prohibit the spread
    of toxic material  by the injured.
d.  Permit no person injured by toxic  substances to return
    to work without the approval  of the physician and the
    Chief Safety Officer.
e.  Prepare accident and injury reports as required for
    the Chief Safety Officer and  the Personnel Office.
f.  Prepare and submit to  the Chief Safety Officer and
    Toxic Substances Committee a  complete history of the
    accident and subsequent  actions.

-------
                                   -45-
                                APPENDIX A
                        CONTROLLED TOXIC SUBSTANCES
     Substances considered toxic are contained in the following three
lists.
     List 1  was generated by searching the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health's Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical
Substances.  Compounds selected were those which met the following
criteria:
                               ACUTE TOXICITY
          Dosage Method                      Type of Measure
          Oral                                    LD*0
          Inhalation                              LD£O
          Dermal                                  LD^g
     List 2 comprises the Carcinogen Assessment Group's "Chemicals Having
Substantial  Evidence of Carcinogenicity."
     List 3 comprises the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's
List of Regulated Carcinogens.
     (List 1 will be added to the Manual when the selection criteria are
established and the printout obtained.)
*
 To be established in cooperation with the Occupational Health
 and Safety staff.

-------
                                   -46-




                                 LIST 1 *



                    NIOSH'S REGISTRY OF TOXIC EFFECTS

                          OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES
*To be established  in  cooperation with  the Occupational  Health and
Satety staff.

-------
                                   -47-
                                  LIST 2
         CHEMICALS HAVING SUBSTANTIAL EVIDENCE OF CARCINOGENICITY
      Compounds
Aflatoxins
Aldrin
Amitrole
Aramite
Arsenic and Arsenic Compounds
Auramine and the manufacture of Auramine
Azaserine
Benz(c)acridine
Benz(a)anthracene
Benzene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
Benzo(j)fluoranthene
Beryllium and Beryllium Compounds
N,N-Bis(2-Chlorethyl)-2-Naphthylamine
    (Chlornaphazene)
Cadmium and Cadmium Compounds
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlorambucil
     CAS No.
64365-29-3
309-00-2
61-82-5
140-57-8
39277-51-5
12237-78-4
115-02-6
225-51-4
56-66-3
54682-86-9
50-32-8
205-99-2
205-82-3
7440-41-7

494-03-1
7440-43-9
56-23-4
305-03-3

-------
                                  -48-

    Compounds                                          CAS No.

Chloroalkyl Ethers
  Bis(2-ch1oroethyl)ether                            111-44-4
  Bis(chloromethyl)ether                             108-60-1
  Chloromethyl methyl ether (CMME),
     technical grade (IARC)                          107-30-2

Chlordane                                           52002-35-4

Chlorinated Ethanes
  1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene Chloride,
     Ethylene Dichloride EDC)                       52399-93-6
  Hexachloroethane                                  67-72-1
  1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane                         1299-89-4
  1,1,2-Trichloroethane                             79-00-5

Chlorobenzilate                                     510-15-36

Chloroform                                          8013-54-5

Chromium Compounds, Hexavalent                      18540-29-9

Chrysene                                            27274-05-1

Citrus Red No. 2                                    6358-53-8

Coal Tar and Soot (CAG, included in lARC's soots,
    tars, and oils designation)

Creosote                                            8001-58-9

Cycasin                                             453-95-2

Cyclophosphamide                                    50-18-10

Daunomycin                                          20830-81-3

DDT (Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane)                50-29-3

Dial late                                            58904-04-4


Dibenz(a,h)acridine                                 226-36-8

Dibenz(a,j)acridine                                 224-42-0

Dibenz(a,h)anthracene                               53-70-3

-------
                            -49-
     Compounds                                    CAS No.
7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole                          194-59-2
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene                                192-65-4
Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene                                189-64-0
Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene                                189-55-9
l,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane                       96-12-8
1,2-Dibromoethane                                 8003-07-4
Dieldrin                                          60-57-1
Diepoxybutane                                     1464-53-5
1,2-Diethylhydrazine                              1615-80-1
Diethylstilbestrol                                56-53-1
Dihydrosafrole                                    94-58-6
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine                           119-90-4
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene                    57-97-6
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine                            119-93-7
Dimethylcarbamoyl Chloride                        79-44-7
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine                             57-14-7
1,2-Dimethylhydrazine                             540-73-8
Dimethyl Sulfate                                  77-78-1
2,4-Dinitrotoluene                                121-14-2
1,4-Dioxane                                       123-91-1
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine                             122-66-7
Epichlorohydrin                                   106-89-8

-------
                            , -50-
     Compound
Ethylene Bis Dithiocarbamate
Ethylene Oxide
Ethylenethiourea
Ethyl Methanesulfonate
Formaldehyde
Glycidalhehyde
Heptachlor
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexach1orocyc1ohex ane
      aHCH
      BHCH
      YHCH
     Technical HCH
Hydrazine
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
Iron Dextran
Isosafrole
Kepone
Lasiocarpine
Melphalan
Methapyrilene
3-Methylcholanthrene
Methyl Iodide
Methyl Methanesulfonate
N-Methyl-N'-nitro-N-nitrosoguanidine
CAS No.
142-59-6
19034-08-3
96-45-7
62-50-0
50-00-0
765-34-4
76-44-8
118-74-1
87-68-3
608-73-1
319-84-6
319-85-7
58-89-9

75013-58-0
193-39-5
9004-66-4
120-58-1
143-50-0
303-34-4
8057-25-8
91-80-5
56-49-5
74-88-4
66-27-3
70-25-7

-------
                             -51-

     Compounds                                    CAS No.

Methylthiouracil                                  56-04-2

Mitomycin C                                       7481-68-7

Mustard Gas                                       505-60-2

Nickel and Nickel Compounds                       7440-02-0

Nitrogen Mustard and its hydrochloride            55-86-7

Nitrogen Mustard N-oxide and its hydrochloride    302-70-5

5-Nitro-o-toluidine                               99-55-8

4-Nitroquinoline-l oxide                          56-57-5

Nitrosamines
     N-Nitrosodiethanolamine                      1116-54-7
     N-Nitrbsodiethylamine                        55-18-5
     N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine                     924-16-3
     N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine                    621-64-7
     N-Nitrosomethylethylamine                    10595-95-6
     N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine                    4549-40-0
     N-Nitroso-N-Ethylurea                        2151-05-5
     N-Nitroso-N-Methylurea                       684-93-5
     N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane                   615-53-2
     N-Nitrosomorpholine                          59-89-2
     N-Nitrosonornicotine                         16543-55-8
     N-Nitrosopiperidine                          68374-62-9
     N-Nitrosopyrrolidine                         930-55-2
     N-Nitrososarcosine                           68374-66-3

Pentachloronitrobenzene                           82-68-8

Phenacetine                                       62-44-2

Polychlorinated Biphenyls

Pronamide                                         23950-58-5

1,3-Propane Sultone                               1120-71-4

Propylthiouracil                                  51-52-5

-------
                             -52-
     Compounds                                     CAS  No.
Reserpine                                          50-55-5
Saccharin                                          474-91-9
Safrole                                            94-59-7
Selenium Sulfide                                   7446-34-6
Streptozotocin                                     18883-664-4
Tetrachloroethylene                                127-18-4
Thioacetamide                                      1482-80-0
Thiourea                                           62-56-6
o-Toluidine Hydrochloride                          636-21-5
Toxaphene                                          8001-35-2
Trlchloroethylene                                  79-01-6
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol                              88-06-2
Tris(l-aziridinyl)phosphine sulfide                639-23-6
Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)phosphate                   126-72-7
Trypan Blue, commercial grade                      72-57-1
Uracil Mustard                                     66-75-1
Urethane                                           51-79-6
Vinylidene Chloride                                75-35-4

-------
                                   -53-
                                LIST 3
                 OSHA'S LIST OF REGULATED CARCINOGENS
     Compounds
2-Acetylaminofluorene
Acrylonitrile
4-Aminodiphenyl
Asbestos
Benzidine
Bis-Chloromethyl ether
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and salts)
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
Dioxin (2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin)*
Ethyleneimine
Methyl-chloromethyl ether
4,4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline)
ot-Naphthylamine
B-Naphthylamine
4-Nitrobiphenyl
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
B-Propiolactone
Vinyl Chloride
CAS No.
53963
29754-21-0
92671

92875
542881
91941
60117
1746016
151564
107302
101144
134327
91598
92933
62759
57578
75015
*0n List 3 because of extremely high toxicity.

-------
                                    -54-
                               APPENDIX B
                       TOXIC SUBSTANCE SAFETY PLAN
     Assistance in preparing the safety plan can be obtained from  the
Laboratory Safety Officer.
USE CATEGORY
          Routine	              Infrequent	
REVIEW:
     Laboratory Safety Officer	
APPROVALS:
     Supervisor of Principal  Investigator
     Laboratory Director 	
     Chief Safety Officer
     Toxic Substances Committee
PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR:
     Laboratory or Branch 	
     Building, Room	i___
     Phone
DATE OF PLAN PREPARATION:      	
TOXIC SUBSTANCE(S)
     Name(s)	CAS No(s).
          Synonyms	
     Safety Data Sheet Available    Yes 	   No 	
     Location of Use 	
     Intended Use	
     Location of Storage 	
INVENTORY DATA
     Date Toxic Substance Ordered or Synthesized
     Quantity	
     Period of Use

-------
                                  -55-



                         APPENDIX B (continued)



                      TOXIC  SUBSTANCE SAFETY PLAN




DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF INTENDED USE OF TOXIC SUBSTANCE(S)



     (Use additional sheets if necessary)

-------
                                     -56-
                         APPENDIX  B  (continued)

                      TOXIC SUBSTANCE SAFETY PLAN
DECONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL

     Decontamination Procedures  (contaminated  surfaces,  materials,
                                instruments, equipment,  etc.)
     Disposal  Procedures  (wastes  and  unused  stock):
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

     In event of overt  personnel  exposure  (inhalation,  ingestion,  dermal
                                           contact,  inoculation):
     In event of environmental  contamination  (spill):

-------
                                     -57-


                         APPENDIX B (continued)

                       TOXIC  SUBSTANCE  SAFETY  PLAN


HAZARD ASSESSMENT  (toxic and pharmacologic effects, reactivity, stability
                   flammability, and operational concerns - weighing,
                   mixing, etc):
MONITORING PROCEDURES  (If required by the Chief Safety Officer)

     Medical surveillance procedures for evidence of personnel exposure:
     Personnel monitoring procedures:
     Surveillance procedures for environmental contamination:

-------
                                   -58-

                          APPENDIX B (continued)

                        TOXIC SUBSTANCE SAFETY PLAN

PERSONNEL POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO TOXIC  SUBSTANCES

    Personnel Authorized to Use Toxic Substances:

    i                                   4.
    2.	    5.

    3.                                  6.
    Other Personnel Assigned to Locations Where Toxic Substance is Used;

    1.  	    4.  	

    2.                                  5.
    3.                                  6.
ALTERNATIVE WORK PRACTICE AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS (if Used)

    (Describe alternative controls not specified in this Manual for the
    Laboratory Use of Toxic Substances.   Indicate controls specified
    in the Manual for which proposed alternative controls will serve
    as substitute methods).
READ AND UNDERSTOOD  (Signatures  of  all  Personnel  Potentially Exposed).

1.                                      4.
2.  	     5.

3.	     6.

LITERATURE CITATIONS

-------
                                    -59-

                               APPENDIX  C

    OFFICE OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY, LABORATORY DIRECTORS,
                 AND  TOXIC  SUBSTANCES  COMMITTEE  MEMBERS

Occupational Health and Safety Staff

Robert C. Magor, Director
Occupational Health and Safety Staff  (PM-273)
Washington, D. C.  20460
(Telephone: 382-3640)

David Weitzman, Industrial Hygiene Program Manager
Occupational Health and Safety Staff  (PM-273)
Washington, D. C. 20460
(Telephone: 382-3647)

Laboratory Directors

Robert L. Booth, Acting Director
Environmental Monitoring and Support  Laboratory (EMSL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West St. Clair St.
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
(Telephone: 684-7301)

Richard J. Bull, Director
Toxicology and Microbiology Division
Health Effects Research Laboratory (HERL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West St. Clair Street
Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
(Telephone:  684-7401)

David G. Stephan, Director
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory (IERL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
5555 Ridge Avenue
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
(Telephone:  684-4402)

Francis T. Mayo, Director
Municipal  Environmental Research Laboratory  (MERL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West  St.  Clair Street
Cincinnati,  Ohio 45268
 (Telephone:   684-7951)

 L.  A.  Van Den Berg,  Director
 Technical Support  Division  (TSD)
 U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency
 26 West St. Clair Street
 Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
 (Telephone:  684-7904)

-------
                                  -60-


                         APRENDrX  C  (continued)

Toxic Substances Committee .Memb.ers

George A. Bodmer, Chief Safety Officer
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West St. Clair St.
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
(Telephone:  684-7269)

Gerald Berg, Chairman
Hazardous Materials Committee
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West St. Clair St.
Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
(Telephone:  684-7357)

Stephen Billets, Laboratory Safety Officer
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory (EMSL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West St. Clair St.
Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
(Telephone:  684-7494)

Charles R. Feldman/Laboratory Safety Officer
Technical Support Division (TSD)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 W. St. Clair Street
Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
(Telephone: 684-7943)

Lawrence J. Kamphake, Laboratory Safety Officer  .
Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory (MERL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West St. Clair St.
Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
(Telephone: 684-7957)

Carl T. Rybak, Laboratory Safety Officer
Toxicology and Microbiology Division
Health Effects Research Laboratory (HERL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26.West St. Clair St.
Cincinnati, Ohio  45'268
(Telephone:  684-7457)

Donald G. Silvis, Laboratory Safety Officer
Industrial Environmental Research  Laboratory (IERL)
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
26 West St. Clair St.
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
(Telephone:  684-7514)

-------
               APPENDIX D




TOXIC SUBSTANCE CHEMICAL INVENTORY SHEET
                                                          Date:
Inventory Quantity,
No. Chemical Name CAS No. gms Bldg. Room User




























































































-------
                                       APPENDIX D (CONT'D)


                          TOXIC SUBSTANCE RUNNING INVENTORY USAGE SHEET
NAME OF MATERIAL:
DATE RECEIVED:  	  QUANTITY RECEIVED:



CAS NUMBER:
            ncc /AMTMAI  TccTc  rucM  DCArTTnMC  err \    AMOUNT      WHERE          AMOUNT
            USE (ANIMAL TESTS. CHEM. REACTIONS, ETC.)     USE[)        USEQ        REMAINING
                                                                                                          O-i
                                                                                                          ro
                                                                                                          i

-------
                                   -63-
                          APPENDIX  D  (CONT'D)
            TOXIC  CHEMICAL/ENVIRONMENTAL  SAMPLE  LOG  SHEET
LOG SHEET CONTROL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 	
NAME OF MATERIAL:
BILL OF LADING OR PURCHASE ORDER NO.:
DATE OF RECEIPT:            NAME OF RECEIVER:
QUANTITY: 	 CONTAINER SIZE:
FORM OF SHIPMENT:(i.e. Federal Express,etc.) 	
CONDITION OF SHIPPING OR SAMPLE CONTAINER: 	
SAMPLE COLLECTION DATA:
     EXACT LOCATION OF SAMPLING:
     NEAREST TOWN:      TIME:          DATE:
     SOURCE OF SAMPLE: (Drum,evaporative pond, stream,ground water,etc.)
     MANUFACTURING/INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES IN AREA:
     SUSPECTED CONTAMINANTS:
     COLLECTED BY: 	 ORGANIZATION: 	PHONE:
     AUTHORIZED BY:
DISTRIBUTION OF MATERIAL:  AMOUNT: 	 BUILDING: _
     ROOM NO.: 	NAME OF PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR:
     DATE:              SIGNATURE OF RECIPIENT:
     EXACT STORAGE LOCATION:
     MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AVAILABLE:  YES 	  NO
     APPROVED SAFETY PLAN AVAILABLE:       YES 	  NO _
     DISPOSAL:  AMOUNT: 	 DATE: 	 PROGRAM:
DISPOSAL DATA: 	
HEALTH AND SAFETY IMPACT:

-------
                                 -64-
                                APPENDIX E
                        PERIODIC HEALTH ASSESSMENT
     The nature of a program for providing periodic health  assessments  is
complicated by several factors.  Among these are (1) many laboratory
workers handle a variety of toxic substances so that the medical  sur-
veillance should ideally seek evidence of adverse effects from  all  these
substances, (2) some toxic substances cause cancer but have li-ttle  or no
toxicity other than the production of neoplasms, and (3) most tumors do not
become evident until many years (often 20-30) after ttie initiating  events.
     Medical monitoring will, therefore, sometimes for necessity  and more
often for efficiency, usually concentrate on events likely to precede
overt evidence of serious health effects such as tumorigenesis.   For
example, some carcinogens, such as dimethylnitrosamine, have high acute
toxicity, especially to the liver, and evidence of such acute toxicity
can be obtained within a few hours or days following exposure.  Some
tumors, such as those induced by carbon tetrachloride, are normally pre-
ceded by marked changes in liver cells, usually detectable by clinical
tests.  Others, e.g., angiosarcomas induced by such substances  as vinyl
chloride, will often cause detectable cell changes in nearby tissue as
the probable result of space occupation.  It should be noted that detec-
tion of such toxic changes does not necessarily presage tumor develop-
ment, but should nevertheless precipitate the instruction of corrective
work practices and improved engineering controls.   The occupational
physician,  to be effective, must have relevant information such as mode
and mechanism of toxic action,  frequency and severity of exposure,  and

-------
                                    -65-
exposure concentrations, if known.  Some of this  information will be
available in individual safety data sheets.  However, this  information
should be supplemented by the Principal Investigator when appropriate.
     Biologic monitoring is sometimes  a useful method of detecting
exposure and, perhaps, of estimating the degree of exposure.  Biologic
monitoring usually involves the  analysis of body  fluid or excreta
(usually urine, sometimes blood, rarely expired aiH for the toxic
substance or a biotransformation product.  An example is the detection
of reaction products  of biphenylamines in  the urine samples of persons
absorbing benzidine or its derivatives.  Even if  exposure cannot be
quantified, as is sometimes the  case,  the  rrere detection of the meta-
bolite, if its presence is specific to the individual toxic substance
or class, is sufficient to indicate the need for  corrective action.
     In some cases, especially with some less well known carcinogens,
those  in the research laboratory will  be better informed on possible
biologic monitoring procedures than will .the occupational physician.
In such cases, the investigators should discuss the possibilities with
the occupational physician.  It may also be that  specialized analytical
procedures and equipment will be needed for some  of this monitoring.
Some procedures and equipment that may not be available to  the medical
laboratory are available in the  research laboratory.  The investigators
should undertake such monitoring procedures themselves only with prior
approval of  and in participation with  the  occupational physician.

-------
                                       -66-

                                    APPENDIX F

         LOCATION OF CARCINOGEN DILUTION MODULES AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS

 *Carcinogen Dilution Module (EMSL)          Sv.  Clair     Room 576
 *Carcinogen Dilution Module (HERL)          St.  Clair     Room 608
 IERL                                       St.  Clair     Room
 MERL                                       St.  Clair     Room 411
 TSD                                        St.  Clair     Room 411
**TMD (HERL)                                St.  Clair     Rooms 762-768
 *Presently the only approved areas  for storage  and handling of neat
 chemical carcinogens regulated by OSHA (List 3, Appendix A).
**These rooms have been set  aside  as the only rooms in which dosing of
 animals can exceed the amounts prescribed for a non-controlled area.
 Carcinogens are not to be stored  in these rooms.

      Personnel  other than EMSL and  HERL must obtain permission from
 the appropriate Laboratory  Director for use of  Carcinogen Dilution
 Laboratories.

-------
                                -67-
                               APPENDIX G
           PACKAGING,  MARKING,  LABELING,  AND  SHIPPING OF TOXIC
                     SUBSTANCES USED  BY  LABORATORIES
1.   GENERAL PROVISIONS
     These procedures apply to substances considered toxic for this
Manual (identified in Appendix A) which are shipped between laboratories
or the field.  Applicable laboratories include any EPA laboratory or
private laboratories under contract with EPA who handle these toxic
substances.
     a.  Most of the toxic substances identified in Appendix A are not
         materials specifically identified in the Department of Trans-
         portation (DOT) Hazardous Material Table (49 CFR  172.101).  Any
         material listed in the DOT Table should be transported accord-
         ing to the Table or according to applicable DOT packaging
         exemptions (e.g., a Poison B, n.o.s. can be packed in Label-
         master, Inc.'s package #38, or Dow Chemical Co.'s Imbiber Pack
         for shipment by United Parcel Service).  Substances that are
         judged to be environmental samples should be shipped according
         to EPA national guidance (Compliance with Department of
         Transportation Regulations in The Shipment of Environmental
         Laboratory Samples,  draft memo by water media DAA's, available
         from Division of Occupational Health and Safety).
     b.  Toxic substances may be transported by rented or common carrier,
         truck, bus, railroad,  and by Federal Express Corporation*
*These procedures are designed to enable shipment by entities like Federal
Express and should not be construed as an endorsement by EPA of a particular
commercial carrier.

-------
                                   -68-


         (air cargo),  but they may not be transported by any other

         common carrier air transport or even by "cargo only" air-

         craft other than Federal  Express at this time.

     c.  If toxic substances are transported by any type of government-

         owned vehicle, including aircraft,  DOT regulations are not

         applicable.  However, EPA personnel must still use the pack-

         aging procedures described below.

2.  PRELIMINARY STEPS

     The following procedures should  be followed before toxic substances

are shipped:

     a.  Place a sufficient quantity  of the  toxic substance in glass

         and/or polyethylene containers to determine whether it will

         react with or substantially  reduce  the effectiveness of the

         container.

     b.  Pack toxic substances according to  "Packaging, Marking, and

         Labeling Requirements for Toxic Substances Used by Laboratories."

3.  PACKAGING, MARKING AND LABELING REQUIREMENTS FOR TOXIC SUBSTANCES
    USED BY LABORATORIES'

     a.  Place the toxic substance in a 16-ounce* or smaller glass or

         polyethylene  container with  nonmetallic, Teflon-lined screw

         cap.  Allow sufficient ullage (approximately 10% by volume)

         so container  is not liquid full at  130 °F.  If an air space

         in the innermost container cannot be tolerated in order to

         maintain sample integrity, place the container within a
* Larger capacity containers,  up to one gallon,  may be used for toxic sub-
stances with a flash point of  73 °F or higher.   In this case, such should
be marked on the outside container (carton,  etc.)  but only a single (one
gallon or less) bottle may be  packed in an outside container.  Ten percent
ullage and requirements 2, 5,  6, and 7 must also be followed.  On the
shipping papers (if required)  state that flash  point is 73 °F or higher.

-------
                              -69-
    second container which provides the required ullage.   If
    collecting a solid material, the container plus contents must
    not exceed one pound net weight.
b.  For toxic substances which are samples taken in the field,
    attach properly completed sample identification tag to
    sample container.
c.  Seal the toxic substance container and place it in 2-mil-
    thick (or thicker) polyethylene bag, one container per bag.
    Plastic-coated glass bottles with polypropylene caps, which
    can satisfy a 4-foot drop test, are currently available and
    can serve as both the container and polyethylene bag.
    (Labels and/or tags should be positioned to enable them
    to be read).
d.  Place sealed bag or plastic bottle inside a metal can with
    incombustible, absorbent, cushioning material (e.g.,  vermic-
    ulite, coarse grade to minimize dust), one bag or plastic
    coated bottle per can.  Pressure-close the can and use clips,
    nylon reinforced tape, or other positive means to hold the
    lid securely, tightly, and effectively.
e.  Mark and label this can as indicated in 3. h. below.
f.  Place one or more metal cans (or a single one-gallon bottle;
    see footnote on previous page), surrounded with  incombustible
    packaging material for stability during transport, into a
    strong outside container, such as a fiberboard box.
g.  Mark and label the outside container and complete shipping
    papers (if required) as described in 3. h. below.

-------
                              -70-
h.   Place the following information on strong outside container,
    either hand printed or in label form:

                (Laboratory name and address)
       Tosic Substance, not  regulated  by DOT, (chemical name):
                   EPA Laboratory Sample
    Use abbreviations only where  specified  for DOT listed
    hazardous materials.  "THIS SIDE UP"  or  "THIS END UP" should
    also be marked  on the top of  the outside  container, and
    upward pointing arrows should  be placed on all four sides of
    the exterior container.

i.   Shipping papers are not required for toxic substances which
    are not DOT listed hazardous materials.   Regulations for
    shipping papers for DOT listed  hazardous  materials  are
    presented in 49 CFR 172.  200-204.

-------
                                   -71-
                               APPENDIX  H
                     PRIMARY CONTAINMENT EQUIPMENT
1.  PURPOSE
     The purpose of primary containment equipment is to protect the
laboratory worker from exposure to vapors or aerosols of hazardous
materials that may be released by procedures performed within the
equipment.  Primary containment equipment that is properly designed,
located, maintained, and operated can prevent or minimize the escape of
hazardous materials from the equipment  into the laboratory.  The labora-
tory fume hood, the biological safety cabinet, and the glove box are
the principal primary containment equipment upon which laboratory
workers depend for their protection while working with toxic substances.
2.  LABORATORY FUME HOOD
     The laboratory fume hood  (a Class  I device) is the primary hazard
control device that laboratory workers  depend upon for their protection
while working with toxic or other hazardous materials.  If-designed,
installed, operated, and maintained properly, the laboratory fume hood
will provide personnel with a  high degree of protection and allow the
user to safely work with a wide range of potentially hazardous materials.
     a.  Hood Function  The purpose of  a laboratory fume hood is to
         prevent or minimize the escape of contaminants from the hood
         back into the laboratory.  This is accomplished by drawing air
         pest the operator through the  zone of contaminant generation
         and into the hood.

-------
                              -72-
b.   Conditions Affecting Hood Performance.-  The ability of a
    laboratory hood to control  contaminants generated in the hood
    will  depend on many factors.  Of prime concern are the control
    velocity at the hood face,  air  movement in the room, turbulence
    within the hood working  space,  and  hood location.   It is the
    proper selection and control  of these factors as a group that
    determines the performance  of the hood from the standpoint of
    hazard control.
    (1)   Face Velocity.   Air flow rates,  to provide protection
         from operations performed  in the hood,  must provide
         positive  control  of air  movement against competing
         influences.   Control velocities  required at the face
         of the hood range from 80  FPM  (ft.  per  minute)  for
         "ideal" laboratory  conditions  to 100  FPM for  "good"
         conditions.
    (2)   Operator  Effect.  The  operator standing in front of  the
         hood has  a significant effect  on the  air flow patterns.
         The "eddies"  formed around  the -operator can carry
         contaminants  from the  hood  to  the operator's  breathing
         zone.   Proper use of make-up air at the hood  face,  with
         emphasis  on filling the  void or  minimizing the  low
         pressure  area in  front of  the  operator,  is necessary for
         optimum hood  performance.

-------
                          -73-
 (3)  Air Movement in the Laboratory.  Air movement within the
      laboratory affects the performance of hoods and is influ-
      enced by hood location and room air supply systems.  Hood
      locations must be away from doors, operable windows,  and
      pedestrian traffic.  Air from these sources can attain
      velocities several times greater than the hood face
      velocity, creating potential for dragout or displacement
      of contaminated air from the hood.  Ceiling and wall
      diffusers for distribution of make-up_ air are also
      serious-potential sources of interference.  Air from such
      outlets should either be controlled to assist in the per-
      formance of the hood or directed so that the energy is lost
      before entering the zone of influence.  Experience indicates
      that air from make-up systems should not exceed 25 FPM in
      the hood face areas (measured with hood exhaust "off").
      Air drawn from adjacent areas (by the hood exhaust system)
      must enter in a manner that does not create excessive
      turbulence.
(4)    Hood Turbulence.   Upon entering the hood, the air is drawn
      past equipment and sources of contamination toward the ex-
      haust slots.   Much of the air within the hood is in a tur-
      bulent state.   At air-flows greater than needed to provide
      a good vector and contain the contaminant, the resulting
      turbulence can be excessive causing a "rolling effect" in
      the hood chamber.   This increases the potential for greater

-------
                                   -74-
               mixing of contaminated  air and room air at the hood face.
               Often, a combination  of poor hood  arrangement and interior
               turbulence will  result  in  loss of  contaminated air to the
               room.
          (5)   Hood Location.   Location of a hood at  the end of room or
               bay, where the operator is essentially the only one who
               enters  the; zone of influence,  is  the  most desirable.
               In any arnngement, pedestrian traffic past fume hoods
               should be minimized.  Hood location parameters are detailed
               in subparagraph  2.C:
     c.   Hood  Location Classification.
"Ideal"     (1)   End of room or  bay,  no nearby doors or windows.
           (2)   Essentially no  pedestrian traffic,  other than hood
                operator.
           (3)   All of the required  laboratory hood make-up air drawn
                or  induced to enhance  over-all  hood performance.   For
                example,  a properly  designed  and  located perforated
                ceiling section or well designed  auxiliary air hood
                plenum.
           (4)   No  other  grilles or  diffusers  exist that produce  air at
                measurable velocities  in  the  hood  area.
"Good"      (1)   Not on a main aisle, no nearby doors  or windows.
           (2)   Minimum traffic other  than hood operator.
           (3)   Have  air  supplied to lab  so velocity  from diffusers or
                grilles does not exceed 25 FPM in  vicinity of hood.
 "Poor"     (1)   Any one or more of the  above  conditions  are not met.

-------
                                    -75-
     d.  Additional  Specification  and  Procedures.   Additional  specifica-
         tion  and  performance  evaluation  procedures for  laboratory
         fume  hoods  can  be found  in:
         (1)   EPA  Laboratory Fume  Hood Specifications  and  Performance
               Testing  Requirements,  available  from the EPA OHSS.
          (2)   U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency Facilities  Safety
               Handbook,  Amendment  No.  1., available from the EPA
               Facilities Engineering and  Real  Property Management
               Branch.
3.   CLASS II  BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET.
      The Class II  biological safety cabinet is a primary containment
device designed to protect the laboratory work  as well  as the  laboratory
worker.
      a.  Cabinet Function.  The Class II  biological safety cabinet
          provides a blanket of clean air over the work,  contains  air
          contaminants in the work area,  and conveys the contaminated
          air away from the operator.  It accomplishes these functions
          by combining recirculation with filtration and exhaust.
          High Efficiency Particulate Aerosol  (HEPA) filtered air
          descends over the work surface  and splits  at the center.
          A portion of the downflow air exits  through  a  front air
          intake grille, and the balance  exits through a rear air
          exhaust  grille.  The downflow air  is reunified under the

-------
                             -76-
    work surface and forced up  through a rear or side positive
    pressure plenum to the unit's top.  Type A (30%) or Type B
    (70%)  of this air is filtered and exhausted and the balance
    is filtered and forced down to blanket the work.  The make-up
    air (30% Type A or 70% Type B) enters from the room through
    the front intake grille and sweeps by and protects the oper-
    ator.   Total exhaust Class  II biological safety cabinets
    which  have recently become  available presumably provide high
    personnel protection factors.
b.  Conditions Affecting Cabinet Performance.  The conditions
    that affect cabinet performance are essentially the same as
    the conditions that affect  laboratory hood performance which
    were presented in detail  above.   The operator effect can be
    particularly pronounced since the operator's arms interfere
    with the recirculating downflow air vector.
c.  Additional Specifications and Procedures.  The OHSS is develop-
    ing standards for these cabinets using the EPA laboratory
    hood standard as a model.   Meanwhile,  equipment descriptions,
    recommended specifications  and certification procedures can
    be found in the following documents:
    (1) Laboratory Safety Monograph,  A Supplement to the NIH
        Guidelines for Recombinant DNA Research.  U.S. Depart-
        ment of Health,  Education and Welfare,  Public Health
        Service, National  Institutes of Health,  January, 1979.

-------
                                   -77-
        (2)  National Sanitation Foundation Standard No. 49.
             National Sanitation Foundation, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1976.
4.  GLOVE BOX
    a.  The Glove Box, or Class III biological safety cabinet, is
        a totally enclosed ventilated cabinet of gas-tight construction.
        Operations within this equipment are conducted through attached
        rubber gloves.  When in use, the equipment is maintained under
        negative air pressure of at least 0.5 inches water gage.  A
        small volume of supply air, to prevent contamination build-up,
        is drawn into the equipment through a HEPA filter and the
        exhaust air  is treated to prevent the discharge of contaminants
        into the environment.  This equipment provides the highest
        level of personnel and environmental protection.
    b.  The Glove Box is generally recommended for the isolation of
        procedures involving stock quantities of toxic substances.
        Worker protection can be compromised by puncture of the gloves
        or accidents creating positive pressure.  Flammable solvents
        should not be used in this equipment unless a careful
        evaluation has been made to determine that concentrations will
        not reach dangerous explosive levels.  When the use is deter-
        mined safe, these materials should only be introduced into the
        glove box in closed, nonbreakable containers.  These materials
        should not be stored in the glove box.  Flammable gas should
        not be piped to this equipment.

-------
               APPENDIX C

Correspondence Received Pertaining to
Draft Environmental Impact Statement,
Full Containment Facility, Cincinnati, Ohio

-------
US Deportment
Of Transportation
..
Federal Highway
Administration
                                     - Region 5
                                     Illinois. Indiana. Michigan.
                                     Minnesota. Ohio, Wisconsin
                                                          1 B209 Di*« Highway
                                                          Homewood. Illinois 60430
                                          February 23, 1987

                                          HPP-05
Mr. Russell N. Kulp,  P.E.  (PM-215)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
401 M  Street, SW
Washington, D.C.  20460

Deaf Mr.  Kulp:

The draft environmental impact statement  for the Full Containment
Facility   at  the  Andrew  W.   Breidenbach  Environmental  Research
Center in  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  has  been reviewed.   As  a result of
our review, we have  no comments to offer  on the draft document.

                                Sincerely yours,

                                Regional Administrator
                         By:
                                E. V.  Heathcock
                                Director,  Office of Planning
                                and  Program Development
ccs:
       Sec Rep
       OST P-14
       HEV-10
       Ohio D/0

-------
    7/107
            United States Department of the Interior

                  OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROJECT REVIEW
                           WASHINGTON, D.C.  20240
                                                          MAR 3   1987
Russell N. Kulp, P.E. (PM-215)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.G.  20460

Dear Mr. Kulp:

The Department of the Interior has reviewed the draft environmental statement for Full
Containment Facility,  Andrew  W.  Breidenbach  Environmental  Research  Center,
Cincinnati, Hamilton County, Ohio, and has the following comments.

The final statement should present sufficient geotechnical information to support  the
finding that the proposed site will not be subject to a landslide hazard.  Similarly, other
geotechnical issues are not addressed including foundation conditions, and other stability
considerations.  Detailed site-specific geotechnical investigations should be conducted to
ensure that the design of the toxic and hazardous storage and containment facilities will
not be subject to any potential subsidence or slope stability hazards.

We recommend an action  plan should  be  developed  to  contain accidental spills  of
hazardous substances on the soil outside the building as the draft statement recognizes
the possibility of such spills.

We hope these comments will be helpful to you in the preparation of a final statement.

                                           Sincerely,
                                                 Jlanchar^Director
                                           Environmental Project Review

-------
COLDUieLL
                              February  4,  1987
COLOWELL BANKER
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE SERVICES
FIRST NATIONAL BANK CENTER
425 WALNUT STREET. 25TH FLOOR
CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202
Mr. Charles J. Luken,  Mayor
City of Cincinnati
801 Plum Street,  Room 150
Cincinnati, OH 45202

Dear Mr. Luken:

I want  to  bring  an urgent  matter to your attention which if not dealt  with
immediately,  would negatively affect the long term image of Carl H.  Linder
Hall and the  University of Cincirnati.   I would also like to offer a
solution to the  problem.

The Environmental Protection Ager cy is  finalizing plans to build a
hazardous  and toxic waste  laboratory on its land, directly across the
street  from the  Carl H. Lindner Kail and U.C. student dormitories.  The
EPA claims the lab has to  be in close proximity to its existing St.  Claire
Street  facility  and that the lab will be safe.  It is my opinion that  the
hazardous  and toxic waste  laboratory's  high visibility location will
always  be  a perceived threat to the safety of those who go to school and
live  directly across the street at the  University of Cincinnati.  It is
hard  to calculate the harmful effect on UC if there ever was an accident.

I offer a  solution.  An alternative site is available on Jefferson
Avenue.  The site is a short walking distance to the EPA, it is not
visible or contiguous to the University of Cincinnati, and has a
significantly lower accident exposure than the proposed location.  The
 site  is zoned properly and ready for development.  The owners of  the
Jefferson  Avenue site would sell, lease or exchange their land for a
comparable amount of the EPA's land.  If the EPA agreed to exchange their
St.  Claire Street land for the Jefferson Avenue land, then the University
might  even consider purchasing this St. Claire Street land for additional
parking or future expansion.

For  a  short time the EPA is accepting the communities input  regarding  its
proposed lab.  For a small amount of inconvenience for  the EPA,  the
community  and U.C. can gain a great deal.  As a real estate  agent and  a
concerned U.C. graduate I  would like to see  the EPA hazardous  and toxic
waste  lab facility moved to the Jefferson Avenue  site.   I  solicit your
 immediate  and vocal efforts in having the EPA move the hazardous  and  toxic
waste lab from its proposed site to the Jefferson Avenue site.

-------
February 4, 1987
Page 2
As a starting point,  I urge you to contact these two EPA officials who
would be instrumental in effecting the change in building sites:

    1.   Mr. Russ Kulp, Project Officer, (202) 382-2172
    2.   Mr. Joe Castelli, Director of Facilities, (513) 569-7251

I appreciate your efforts and would be pleased to discuss this urgent
matter with you at your convenience.

                                  Sincerely,
                                  Rick Navaro, CCIM
                                  369-1325
RN/blb

c:  Mr. Carl H. Lindner
    Mr. Charles J. Luken
    Dr. Joseph A. Steger

-------

          PROPOSED
HAZARDOUS I TOXIC WSTE LAB

-------
 COLDUIGLL
 COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE SERVICES
          FOR SALE
   The Only Undeveloped Land
Assemblage of its kind in Clifton
FIRST NATIONAL BANK CENTER
425 WALNUT STREET
25TH FLOOR
CINCINNATI. OHIO 45202  CHILDRCNS  HOSPITAL
(513)369-1300        GENERAL HOSPITAL
                V.A. HOSPITAL
                                                        UNIVERSITY

                                                            P*
                                                        CINCINNATI
    Zoned B-4 - Retail, Office, Medical Office
   Over 100,000 sq. ft. of undeveloped land
   Centrally located less than:
   • 3 miles to Downtown Cincinnati
   • 2 miles to Interstates 75, 74, and 71
   -1 mile from 9 major hospitals
   • l/2 mile from the University
     of Cincinnati

                  Contact Rick Navaro, CCIM
                              or
                        Jay Holubeck
                        (513)369-1300
                            KENTUCKY
           information contained herein has been obtained from the owrnw of the property or from other sources that we deem reliable
                     we have no reason to doubt it; accuracy but we do not guarantee it

-------
                                               2401 Fairview Avenue
                                               Cincinnati, Ohio 45219
                                               January 28, 1987
Executive Board Members
CUF Community Council
2301 Chickasaw Street
Cincinnati, Ohio  45219
Ladies and Gentlemen,

I have recently reviewed the environmental impact statement by the
EPA concerning the proposed hazardous waste containment building to
be erected on their Clifton property.  The book is quite thorough and
well-written and their reasons for wanting this building are
legitimate; however, their publication is somewhat vague as to the
effect on surrounding neighborhoods' air and water quality,
particularly through the sewer systems.

As you are probably aware, Cincinnati has a high concentration of
industries which use toxic and hazardous substances.  On a national
level, we are a "leading producer" of carcinogenic pollutants.
Cincinnati also had one of the leading cancer mortality rates.  I am
concerned that this proposed waste containment facility will only
make matters worse.  What more do we want?

The Clifton area is densely populated and contains many hospitals,
colleges, a major university, and elementary and secondary schools,
along with other vital facilities.  If a mishap should occur
associated with the new waste containment facility, approximately
40,000 to 50,000 residents would be affected, not to mention people
who use our hospitals and schools.

The proposed building should be isolated on a site away from any
populous area, especially since it is the first of its kind.  It
would be presumptuous to assume that accidents would never occur *
Danger is imminent anywhere toxic wastes are .stored.  For example,
one of the substances the EPA intends to house at this facility is
mustard gas, which is highly toxic, even in small amounts, and
historically has been used in chemical warfare.  If an accident
should occur using this substance, it could create quite a
catastrophe!  The price for this building may be too great in terms
of the health of our residents and others who frequent the Clifton
area.

-------
I firmly oppose the building of such a facility in our neighborhood
and feel that our community council should make a thorough
investigation of the EPA's proposal and insure the health and  safety
of its residents by fighting against the erection of such a  facility
Sincerel
             /
Raymona J. Dg£0s
RJD:ar

Enclosures:
EPA Environmental Impact Statement
Pages 1-1, 3-21, 3-22, 6-1, 6-2, and
Abstract

cc:  Senator Howard Metzenbaum
     Congressman Thomas Luken
     Mayor Charles Luken
     Russell Kulp, P.E. (EPA)

-------
Ohio Historic Preservation Office
1985 Velma Avenue
Columbus. Ohio 43211
614/297-2470
February 18,  1987
                                                            OHIO
                                                            HISTORICAL
                                                            SOCIETY
                                                            SlNCb 1885
 Russel  N.  Kulp,  P.E.  (PM-215)
 U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
 401  M Street,  Swe Office
 Washington,  D.C.  20460

 Dear Mr.  Kulp:

     Re: Draft  EIS,  Full Containment Facility,
         Andrew H. Breidenbach Environmental Research Center
         Cincinnati, Ohio

 This letter  Is In response  to your correspondence dated January 13,  1987
 concerning the project  noted above. My staff has reviewed the Information
 you  have provided.  However, additional Information Is necessary in order to
 determine whether any properties have been  Inventoried, listed or eligible
 for  the National  Register of Historic Places.  Please provide us with a
 street map showing  the  location of the project boundaries. Front and rear
 elevation photographs of any standing structures over fifty years old which
 will  be affected by the proposed facility would also be helpful.

 If you need  any further Information or clarification, please contact
 Richard Bolsvert or Catherine Stroup at  (614) 297-2470.

                                       Slncerejjr,
                                        W. Ray Luce'
                                        State Historic Preservation Officer
 WRL/CAS:Jk

-------
     UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                     CINCINNATI. OHIO 45268

                      March 2,  1987
Mr. W. Ray Luce
State Historic Preservation Officer
Ohio Historical Society
1985 Velma Avenue
Columbus, OH  43211

Dear Mr. Luce:

     This is in reply to your letter dated February 18,
1987, to Russell N. Kulp, P.E.,  regarding the additional
information you requested concerning the Draft EIS for
the Full Containment Facility.

     Enclosed is a drawing which shows the location of
the proposed Full Containment Facility-  As you can see
from the drawing, the proposed location is on the present
site of the Andrew W. Breidenbach Environmental Research
Center which is a U. S. Government owned facility.

     There are no standing structures over fifty years
old which will be affected by the proposed facility.  If
you need additional information, please contact me at
(513) 569-7251.

                                Sijncerely yours,

                            i
                                .Joseph A. Castelli
                          Director, Facilities Management
                                & Services Division
cc:  Russell N. Kulp
     William Spaulding

-------